Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Convex Optimization

556 missions · 342 completed

Missions

Open214Completed342All556
Random Matrix TheoryStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Noisy Matrix Completion: Understanding Statistical Guarantees for Convex Relaxation via Nonconvex Optimization: Convex Relaxation Attains Near-Optimal Frobenius, Entrywise and Spectral Norm ErrorsResearch Paper

Motivation

Matrix completion asks for a low-rank matrix from a small random subset of its entries. It models collaborative filtering (recommendation systems), sensor-network localisation, and structure from motion. In practice the revealed entries are corrupted by noise, and the most widely used estimator is nuclear-norm regularized least squares: fit the observed entries in squared error while penalizing the sum of singular values. The estimator is a convex program, so it is solved reliably by proximal and singular-value-thresholding methods, and it needs no knowledge of the rank.

Its statistical accuracy was not understood. In the noiseless case, convex relaxation recovers the matrix exactly from nearly the information-theoretic minimum number of samples (Candès–Recht 2009, Candès–Tao 2010, Gross 2011). With noise, the available bounds for the plain convex program (Candès–Plan 2010) give ∥Zcvx−M⋆∥F≲σn3/2\|Z_{\rm cvx}-M^\star\|_F\lesssim\sigma n^{3/2}∥Zcvx​−M⋆∥F​≲σn3/2 under random noise. That can be a factor of order n2p\sqrt{n^2p}n2p​ above the oracle lower bound, and the numerical performance of the program is far better. Sharper rates were known only for modified estimators: Negahban–Wainwright 2012 add a spikiness constraint, Koltchinskii–Lounici–Tsybakov 2011 use a different estimator. In 2019, Chen, Chi, Fan, Ma and Yan (arXiv:1902.07698; SIAM J. Optim. 30(4), 2020, doi:10.1137/19M1290000) showed that the unmodified convex program attains near-optimal error in the Frobenius, entrywise and spectral norms simultaneously. Their argument goes through nonconvex gradient descent. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

The unknown matrix is M⋆∈Rn×nM^\star\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}M⋆∈Rn×n of rank r≥1r\ge1r≥1, with singular value decomposition M⋆=U⋆Σ⋆V⋆⊤M^\star=U^\star\Sigma^\star V^{\star\top}M⋆=U⋆Σ⋆V⋆⊤. The columns of U⋆,V⋆∈Rn×rU^\star,V^\star\in\mathbb R^{n\times r}U⋆,V⋆∈Rn×r are orthonormal, and Σ⋆=diag(σ1⋆,…,σr⋆)\Sigma^\star=\mathrm{diag}(\sigma^\star_1,\dots,\sigma^\star_r)Σ⋆=diag(σ1⋆​,…,σr⋆​) with σmax⁡=max⁡kσk⋆\sigma_{\max}=\max_k\sigma^\star_kσmax​=maxk​σk⋆​, σmin⁡=min⁡kσk⋆>0\sigma_{\min}=\min_k\sigma^\star_k>0σmin​=mink​σk⋆​>0 and condition number κ=σmax⁡/σmin⁡\kappa=\sigma_{\max}/\sigma_{\min}κ=σmax​/σmin​. Write ∥A∥2,∞\|A\|_{2,\infty}∥A∥2,∞​ for the largest Euclidean norm of a row of AAA. M⋆M^\starM⋆ is μ\muμ-incoherent if ∥U⋆∥2,∞≤μr/n\|U^\star\|_{2,\infty}\le\sqrt{\mu r/n}∥U⋆∥2,∞​≤μr/n​ and ∥V⋆∥2,∞≤μr/n\|V^\star\|_{2,\infty}\le\sqrt{\mu r/n}∥V⋆∥2,∞​≤μr/n​ (Definition 1). Incoherence says that the energy of M⋆M^\starM⋆ is not concentrated on a few rows or columns.

Under Assumption 1, each index (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) enters the observed set Ω\OmegaΩ independently with probability ppp. One observes Mij=Mij⋆+EijM_{ij}=M^\star_{ij}+E_{ij}Mij​=Mij⋆​+Eij​ for (i,j)∈Ω(i,j)\in\Omega(i,j)∈Ω, where the EijE_{ij}Eij​ are i.i.d., zero-mean, and have sub-Gaussian norm ∥Eij∥ψ2=sup⁡q≥1q−1/2(E∣Eij∣q)1/q≤σ\|E_{ij}\|_{\psi_2}=\sup_{q\ge1}q^{-1/2}(\mathbb E|E_{ij}|^q)^{1/q}\le\sigma∥Eij​∥ψ2​​=supq≥1​q−1/2(E∣Eij​∣q)1/q≤σ. Let PΩ\mathcal P_\OmegaPΩ​ keep the entries indexed by Ω\OmegaΩ and zero the rest. The convex estimator is any minimizer ZcvxZ_{\rm cvx}Zcvx​ of

g(Z)=12∥PΩ(Z−M)∥F2+λ∥Z∥∗,λ=Cλσnp,(3)g(Z)=\tfrac12\|\mathcal P_\Omega(Z-M)\|_F^2+\lambda\|Z\|_*,\qquad\lambda=C_\lambda\sigma\sqrt{np},\qquad(3)g(Z)=21​∥PΩ​(Z−M)∥F2​+λ∥Z∥∗​,λ=Cλ​σnp​,(3)

where ∥Z∥∗\|Z\|_*∥Z∥∗​ is the nuclear norm, ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the spectral norm and ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is the largest absolute entry.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

Suppose n2p≥Cκ4μ2r2nlog⁡3nn^2p\ge C\kappa^4\mu^2r^2n\log^3nn2p≥Cκ4μ2r2nlog3n and σn/p≤c σmin⁡/κ4μrlog⁡n\sigma\sqrt{n/p}\le c\,\sigma_{\min}/\sqrt{\kappa^4\mu r\log n}σn/p​≤cσmin​/κ4μrlogn​. Then with probability 1−O(n−3)1-O(n^{-3})1−O(n−3), every minimizer of (3) satisfies

∥Zcvx−M⋆∥F≲κσσmin⁡np∥M⋆∥F,∥Zcvx−M⋆∥∞≲κ3μrσσmin⁡nlog⁡np∥M⋆∥∞,∥Zcvx−M⋆∥≲σσmin⁡np∥M⋆∥.\|Z_{\rm cvx}-M^\star\|_F\lesssim\kappa\tfrac{\sigma}{\sigma_{\min}}\sqrt{\tfrac np}\|M^\star\|_F,\quad\|Z_{\rm cvx}-M^\star\|_\infty\lesssim\sqrt{\kappa^3\mu r}\tfrac{\sigma}{\sigma_{\min}}\sqrt{\tfrac{n\log n}p}\|M^\star\|_\infty,\quad\|Z_{\rm cvx}-M^\star\|\lesssim\tfrac{\sigma}{\sigma_{\min}}\sqrt{\tfrac np}\|M^\star\|.∥Zcvx​−M⋆∥F​≲κσmin​σ​pn​​∥M⋆∥F​,∥Zcvx​−M⋆∥∞​≲κ3μr​σmin​σ​pnlogn​​∥M⋆∥∞​,∥Zcvx​−M⋆∥≲σmin​σ​pn​​∥M⋆∥.

Every best rank-rrr approximation Zcvx,rZ_{{\rm cvx},r}Zcvx,r​ is within n−3σσmin⁡n/p ∥M⋆∥n^{-3}\frac\sigma{\sigma_{\min}}\sqrt{n/p}\,\|M^\star\|n−3σmin​σ​n/p​∥M⋆∥ of ZcvxZ_{\rm cvx}Zcvx​ in Frobenius norm, and satisfies the same three bounds.

Milestones

  1. Deterministic layer: Lemma 20 (balancing an SVD factorization), Claim 3, Claim 2 and Lemma 2. Lemma 2 says that a point (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) with ∥∇f(X,Y)∥F≤ccinjpκλpσmin⁡\|\nabla f(X,Y)\|_F\le c\frac{\sqrt{c_{\rm inj}p}}{\kappa}\frac\lambda p\sqrt{\sigma_{\min}}∥∇f(X,Y)∥F​≤cκcinj​p​​pλ​σmin​​ for the factored objective
f(X,Y)=12p∥PΩ(XY⊤−M)∥F2+λ2p(∥X∥F2+∥Y∥F2)f(X,Y)=\tfrac1{2p}\|\mathcal P_\Omega(XY^\top-M)\|_F^2+\tfrac\lambda{2p}(\|X\|_F^2+\|Y\|_F^2)f(X,Y)=2p1​∥PΩ​(XY⊤−M)∥F2​+2pλ​(∥X∥F2​+∥Y∥F2​)

satisfies ∥XY⊤−Zcvx∥F≤2304 κcinjσmin⁡∥∇f(X,Y)∥F\|XY^\top-Z_{\rm cvx}\|_F\le2304\,\frac{\kappa}{c_{\rm inj}\sqrt{\sigma_{\min}}}\|\nabla f(X,Y)\|_F∥XY⊤−Zcvx​∥F​≤2304cinj​σmin​​κ​∥∇f(X,Y)∥F​ under Conditions 1–2. 2. Probabilistic layer: Lemma 3 (Condition 1(a)), Lemma 19, Lemmas 7 and 8, and Lemma 4. Lemma 4 gives Conditions 1(b) and 2 uniformly over an ℓ2,∞\ell_{2,\infty}ℓ2,∞​ neighbourhood of the truth. 3. Algorithmic layer: Lemma 5, the error bounds and the small-gradient iterate of gradient descent started at the truth, and (31), its consequence for XtYt⊤−M⋆X^tY^{t\top}-M^\starXtYt⊤−M⋆.

Significance

The bounds of Theorem 2 match the minimax lower bounds up to logarithmic factors when rrr and κ\kappaκ are bounded. This holds in all three norms and for noise of any size below a threshold. The theorem also shows that the convex solution is nearly of rank rrr. Neither statement requires modifying the estimator, so practitioners running standard solvers get the guarantee as is. The entrywise bound (11b) shows an implicit regularization: the convex program spreads its error over all entries without being told to.

The theorem has a complete published proof. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version, which has value of its own here. The proof chains about twenty lemmas, including a leave-one-out analysis of gradient descent with polynomially many iterations. Its constants are hidden behind "≲\lesssim≲" at nearly every step. The formal development fixes the quantifier order of every such constant. It also records the hypotheses the proof uses without stating them, such as the independence of the sampling pattern from the noise. No part of this paper has been formalized before. The deterministic layer (Lemmas 20, 2, Claims 2–3) applies to any Burer–Monteiro factorization of a nuclear-norm problem, not only to this one.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to analyse the convex program directly through a dual certificate, as in the noiseless theory. With noise there is no exact recovery, and the certificate approach loses a factor polynomial in nnn. The difficulty is to transfer statistical bounds from a point one can control, the nonconvex iterate, to a point one cannot construct, the convex minimizer. The two are compared through an approximate first-order condition. That comparison is useful only if injectivity and concentration hold uniformly over all factor pairs near the truth, because the iterates depend on Ω\OmegaΩ and on the noise. A fixed-tangent-space injectivity bound, the usual tool, does not suffice. The entrywise control of the iterates requires leave-one-out sequences, and those sequences make up most of the appendix.

Formalization scope

Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ and factors Matrix (Fin n) (Fin r) ℝ, using the published matrix_completion_basic, _svd and _tangent definitions (nuclear norm, SVD data, PΩ\mathcal P_\OmegaPΩ​, PT\mathcal P_TPT​, spectral, Frobenius and entrywise norms). M⋆M^\starM⋆ comes with an explicit SVD with r≥1r\ge1r≥1 positive singular values, so its rank is exactly rrr. Definition 1 is MatrixCompletion.A0. The sub-Gaussian bound is the moment form of [Ver12, Definition 5.7] above, not Mathlib's MGF form. The randomness lives on an arbitrary probability space. The sampling indicators and the noise entries are each mutually independent, and the two families are independent of each other. This last independence is an added hypothesis, which the paper's proofs use. "With probability 1−O(n−k)1-O(n^{-k})1−O(n−k)" is stated as an outer-measure bound Cfailn−kC_{\rm fail}n^{-k}Cfail​n−k on the failure event. Every unnamed constant ("≲\lesssim≲", "sufficiently large CCC", "sufficiently small ccc") is an existential placed before nnn and all data, together with an n0n_0n0​. Explicit constants of the paper are kept: the exponents −3-3−3 and −10-10−10, λ/8\lambda/8λ/8, 1/(32κ)1/(32\kappa)1/(32κ), 72κ72\kappa72κ, 8κ8\sqrt\kappa8κ​, t0=n18t_0=n^{18}t0​=n18, n−5n^{-5}n−5, the factors 333 in (31), the 1/n31/n^31/n3 in (12), and 2304=32⋅722304=32\cdot722304=32⋅72 in Lemma 2.

The goal keeps the randomness in the statement. A version with fixed Ω\OmegaΩ and EEE that assumes Conditions 1–2 or the conclusions of Lemma 5 would be Lemma 2 plus (31), not Theorem 2, and is not acceptable as a proof of the goal. The goal quantifies over every minimizer of (3) and every best rank-rrr approximation. Excluded: Theorem 1 (the r,κ=O(1)r,\kappa=O(1)r,κ=O(1) corollary), the noise condition of Remark 4, approximate minimizers (Remark 6), Lemmas 1 and 6, and the internal lemmas of the leave-one-out analysis (App. D), which solvers may add as supporting theorems. The development needs nuclear-norm subgradients, Weyl's inequality, matrix Bernstein and spectral-norm bounds for sparse random matrices. These are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions of them are welcome. Theorem and equation numbers are those of the authors' preprint (Sep. 2019, arXiv:1902.07698) and may differ in the SIAM typesetting.

Selected references

  • Y. Chen, Y. Chi, J. Fan, C. Ma, Y. Yan, Noisy Matrix Completion: Understanding Statistical Guarantees for Convex Relaxation via Nonconvex Optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 30(4), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1290000 (preprint: https://arxiv.org/abs/1902.07698)
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact Matrix Completion via Convex Optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-009-9045-5
  • E. J. Candès, Y. Plan, Matrix Completion With Noise, Proc. IEEE 98(6), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1109/JPROC.2009.2035722
  • S. Negahban, M. J. Wainwright, Restricted strong convexity and weighted matrix completion: optimal bounds with noise, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 13, 2012. https://jmlr.org/papers/v13/negahban12a.html
  • V. Koltchinskii, K. Lounici, A. B. Tsybakov, Nuclear-norm penalization and optimal rates for noisy low-rank matrix completion, Ann. Statist. 39(5), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-AOS894
  • C. Ma, K. Wang, Y. Chi, Y. Chen, Implicit Regularization in Nonconvex Statistical Estimation, Found. Comput. Math. 20, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-019-09429-9
  • R. Vershynin, Introduction to the non-asymptotic analysis of random matrices, in Compressed Sensing: Theory and Applications, CUP, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.3027
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization 3: The Big-M Relaxation Is at Least as Strong as PR(∞) for M ≤ ½√(λ0/λ2) and at Most as Strong for M ≥ √(λ0/λ2)Research Paper

Motivation

Best subset selection with a ridge term, the ℓ0ℓ2\ell_0\ell_2ℓ0​ℓ2​-regularized least squares problem

min⁡β∈Rp 12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∥β∥0+λ2∥β∥22,\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\ \tfrac12\|y - X\beta\|_2^2 + \lambda_0\|\beta\|_0 + \lambda_2\|\beta\|_2^2,β∈Rpmin​ 21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​∥β∥0​+λ2​∥β∥22​,

is a standard model for sparse linear regression. It can be solved to certified optimality by branch-and-bound (BnB) over a mixed integer formulation, and the speed of BnB depends on how tight the lower bounds of its node relaxations are. Two mixed integer formulations are in common use: the Big-M formulation, which links each coefficient to a binary indicator through a box ∣βi∣≤Mzi|\beta_i| \le M z_i∣βi​∣≤Mzi​ (Bertsimas, King and Mazumder, 2016), and the perspective formulation, which replaces βi2\beta_i^2βi2​ by an auxiliary variable constrained by a rotated second-order cone (Frangioni and Gentile, 2006; Günlük and Linderoth, 2010). Which formulation gives the stronger continuous relaxation decides which one a solver should be built on.

Hazimeh, Mazumder and Saab (2021) compare the relaxations in Section 2. Their Proposition 2 compares the interval relaxation of the Big-M formulation with that of the perspective formulation without a box, PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞), studied by Dong, Chen and Linderoth (2015). This mission formalizes that comparison.

Setting

Fix a design matrix X∈Rn×pX \in \mathbb R^{n\times p}X∈Rn×p, a response y∈Rny \in \mathbb R^ny∈Rn, parameters λ0,λ2>0\lambda_0, \lambda_2 > 0λ0​,λ2​>0 and a bound M>0M > 0M>0. Write [p]={1,…,p}[p] = \{1,\dots,p\}[p]={1,…,p} and ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty \le M∥β∥∞​≤M for ∣βi∣≤M|\beta_i| \le M∣βi​∣≤M for every i∈[p]i \in [p]i∈[p].

The Big-M formulation (2) is

min⁡β,z 12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∑i∈[p]zi+λ2∥β∥22s.t.−Mzi≤βi≤Mzi, zi∈{0,1}.\min_{\beta, z}\ \tfrac12\|y - X\beta\|_2^2 + \lambda_0\sum_{i\in[p]} z_i + \lambda_2\|\beta\|_2^2 \quad\text{s.t.}\quad -Mz_i \le \beta_i \le Mz_i,\ z_i\in\{0,1\}.β,zmin​ 21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​i∈[p]∑​zi​+λ2​∥β∥22​s.t.−Mzi​≤βi​≤Mzi​, zi​∈{0,1}.

Its interval relaxation replaces zi∈{0,1}z_i \in \{0,1\}zi​∈{0,1} by zi∈[0,1]z_i \in [0,1]zi​∈[0,1]; its optimal value is VB(M)V_{B(M)}VB(M)​. Eliminating zzz gives the equivalent form (37),

VB(M)=min⁡∥β∥∞≤MH(β),H(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥22+∑i∈[p](λ0M∣βi∣+λ2βi2).V_{B(M)} = \min_{\|\beta\|_\infty\le M} H(\beta),\qquad H(\beta) = \tfrac12\|y - X\beta\|_2^2 + \sum_{i\in[p]}\Big(\frac{\lambda_0}{M}|\beta_i| + \lambda_2\beta_i^2\Big).VB(M)​=∥β∥∞​≤Mmin​H(β),H(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+i∈[p]∑​(Mλ0​​∣βi​∣+λ2​βi2​).

The reverse Huber penalty is B(t)=∣t∣\mathcal B(t) = |t|B(t)=∣t∣ for ∣t∣≤1|t| \le 1∣t∣≤1 and B(t)=(t2+1)/2\mathcal B(t) = (t^2+1)/2B(t)=(t2+1)/2 for ∣t∣≥1|t| \ge 1∣t∣≥1, and ψ1(b;λ0,λ2)=2λ0B(bλ2/λ0)\psi_1(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2) = 2\lambda_0\mathcal B(b\sqrt{\lambda_2/\lambda_0})ψ1​(b;λ0​,λ2​)=2λ0​B(bλ2​/λ0​​). The interval relaxation of PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞) has the value (6),

VPR(∞)=min⁡β∈RpG(β),G(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥22+∑i∈[p]ψ1(βi;λ0,λ2).V_{PR(\infty)} = \min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p} G(\beta),\qquad G(\beta) = \tfrac12\|y - X\beta\|_2^2 + \sum_{i\in[p]}\psi_1(\beta_i;\lambda_0,\lambda_2).VPR(∞)​=β∈Rpmin​G(β),G(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+i∈[p]∑​ψ1​(βi​;λ0​,λ2​).

Let S(λ2)\mathcal S(\lambda_2)S(λ2​) be the set of minimizers of GGG, and, as in (9),

L(M)={λ2>0  :  ∃β∈S(λ2) with ∥β∥∞≤M}.\mathcal L(M) = \{\lambda_2 > 0 \;:\; \exists\beta\in\mathcal S(\lambda_2) \text{ with } \|\beta\|_\infty \le M\}.L(M)={λ2​>0:∃β∈S(λ2​) with ∥β∥∞​≤M}.

The comparison runs through the scalar function t(b)=2λ0B(bλ2/λ0)−λ0M∣b∣−λ2b2=ψ1(b)−(λ0M∣b∣+λ2b2)t(b) = 2\lambda_0\mathcal B(b\sqrt{\lambda_2/\lambda_0}) - \frac{\lambda_0}{M}|b| - \lambda_2 b^2 = \psi_1(b) - \big(\tfrac{\lambda_0}{M}|b| + \lambda_2 b^2\big)t(b)=2λ0​B(bλ2​/λ0​​)−Mλ0​​∣b∣−λ2​b2=ψ1​(b)−(Mλ0​​∣b∣+λ2​b2) and through v∗(M)=min⁡∥β∥∞≤MG(β)v^*(M) = \min_{\|\beta\|_\infty\le M} G(\beta)v∗(M)=min∥β∥∞​≤M​G(β).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 7)

VB(M)≥VPR(∞)if M≤12λ0/λ2,(10)V_{B(M)} \ge V_{PR(\infty)}\quad\text{if } M \le \tfrac12\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2},\qquad (10)VB(M)​≥VPR(∞)​if M≤21​λ0​/λ2​​,(10) VB(M)≤VPR(∞)if M≥λ0/λ2 and λ2∈L(M).(11)V_{B(M)} \le V_{PR(\infty)}\quad\text{if } M \ge \sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2} \text{ and } \lambda_2 \in \mathcal L(M).\qquad (11)VB(M)​≤VPR(∞)​if M≥λ0​/λ2​​ and λ2​∈L(M).(11)

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. (37): VB(M)=min⁡∥β∥∞≤MH(β)V_{B(M)} = \min_{\|\beta\|_\infty\le M} H(\beta)VB(M)​=min∥β∥∞​≤M​H(β), attained.
  2. (10) on its own.
  3. Lemma 1: for M≥λ0/λ2M \ge \sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}M≥λ0​/λ2​​ and b∈[−M,M]b \in [-M, M]b∈[−M,M], t(b)≥0t(b) \ge 0t(b)≥0.
  4. (41): for M≥λ0/λ2M \ge \sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}M≥λ0​/λ2​​, v∗(M)≥VB(M)v^*(M) \ge V_{B(M)}v∗(M)≥VB(M)​.

The mission also contains the scalar inequality (39) as a supporting statement (not a milestone): for M≤12λ0/λ2M \le \frac12\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}M≤21​λ0​/λ2​​ and ∣b∣≤M|b| \le M∣b∣≤M, t(b)=(2λ0λ2−λ0/M)∣b∣−λ2b2≤0t(b) = (2\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2} - \lambda_0/M)|b| - \lambda_2 b^2 \le 0t(b)=(2λ0​λ2​​−λ0​/M)∣b∣−λ2​b2≤0.

Significance

Proposition 2 says that neither relaxation dominates the other. For a tight Big-M bound the Big-M relaxation yields the larger lower bound; for a loose one, provided some optimal solution of PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞) lies in the box, the perspective relaxation does. Equivalently, with the other data fixed, a small λ2\lambda_2λ2​ favours the Big-M relaxation and a large λ2\lambda_2λ2​ favours PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞) (p. 8). Together with Proposition 1 of the same paper, which shows that the box-constrained perspective relaxation PR(M)\mathrm{PR}(M)PR(M) beats both when λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2} > Mλ0​/λ2​​>M, this motivates the paper's choice of PR(M)\mathrm{PR}(M)PR(M) as the formulation on which its BnB solver is built.

The proposition is proved in the paper (Appendix A, pp. 29–30). No machine-checked proof of it, of the reformulation (37), or of any property of the reverse Huber penalty exists on the platform. The mission produces a formal statement of both inequalities with every hypothesis explicit, and the definitions of the two relaxation values in a form that later missions on perspective relaxations can reuse.

Difficulty

The scalar inequalities (39) and Lemma 1 are elementary but split into cases at the kink of the reverse Huber penalty, ∣b∣=λ0/λ2|b| = \sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}∣b∣=λ0​/λ2​​, and at the sign of 2λ0λ2−λ0/M2\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2} - \lambda_0/M2λ0​λ2​​−λ0​/M. The passage from coordinatewise inequalities to optimal values is where care is needed. VB(M)V_{B(M)}VB(M)​ is defined over pairs (β,z)(\beta, z)(β,z), and its identification with a minimum of HHH over a compact box requires eliminating zzz and showing attainment. For (11) a pointwise comparison of GGG and HHH on the box only bounds VB(M)V_{B(M)}VB(M)​ by the box-restricted value v∗(M)v^*(M)v∗(M), not by VPR(∞)V_{PR(\infty)}VPR(∞)​, which is an infimum over all of Rp\mathbb R^pRp; the hypothesis λ2∈L(M)\lambda_2 \in \mathcal L(M)λ2​∈L(M) is what closes this gap, and dropping it gives a statement the paper does not prove.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace L0BnB.BigMvsPR. Vectors are Fin p → ℝ, XXX is a Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ, and XβX\betaXβ is X *ᵥ β. Every norm is an explicit sum: ∥v∥22=∑ivi2\|v\|_2^2 = \sum_i v_i^2∥v∥22​=∑i​vi2​, and ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty \le M∥β∥∞​≤M is ∀i, ∣βi∣≤M\forall i,\ |\beta_i| \le M∀i, ∣βi​∣≤M. The reverse Huber penalty is an if on ∣t∣≤1|t| \le 1∣t∣≤1.

Optimal values are real infima (sInf): VB(M)V_{B(M)}VB(M)​ over the feasible pairs (β,z)(\beta, z)(β,z) of the interval relaxation, VPR(∞)V_{PR(\infty)}VPR(∞)​ over all of Rp\mathbb R^pRp, v∗(M)v^*(M)v∗(M) over the box. For λ0,λ2>0\lambda_0, \lambda_2 > 0λ0​,λ2​>0 each set of values is nonempty (β=z=0\beta = z = 0β=z=0) and bounded below by 000, so no infimum takes Lean's junk value. VPR(∞)V_{PR(\infty)}VPR(∞)​ is defined as the displayed minimum (6); its identification with the interval relaxation of PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞) is a result of Dong, Chen and Linderoth that the paper cites and does not prove, and it is not part of this mission. S(λ2)\mathcal S(\lambda_2)S(λ2​) is the set of minimizers of GGG, as the paper uses it in the proof of (11).

All theorems assume λ0,λ2,M>0\lambda_0, \lambda_2, M > 0λ0​,λ2​,M>0. The paper remarks that Proposition 2 applies for any M≥0M \ge 0M≥0; M=0M = 0M=0 is excluded because HHH and ttt divide by MMM. The goal is stated for optimal values, not for the objective functions at a single point: a pointwise comparison of HHH and GGG is a milestone, not the proposition. Milestone (37) is stated with IsLeast, so it asserts attainment as well as the value.

The paper states no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) bounds in this result, so no constants are instantiated. Contributions welcome: proofs of the scalar lemmas, of (37) (which needs compactness of the box and continuity of HHH), and of the goal.

Selected references

  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, A. Saab, Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization, arXiv:2004.06152v2, 2021; Mathematical Programming, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.06152
  • H. Dong, K. Chen, J. Linderoth, Regularization vs. Relaxation: A conic optimization perspective of statistical variable selection, arXiv preprint, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1510.06083
  • D. Bertsimas, A. King, R. Mazumder, Best subset selection via a modern optimization lens, The Annals of Statistics 44(2), 813–852, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOS1388
  • A. Frangioni, C. Gentile, Perspective cuts for a class of convex 0–1 mixed integer programs, Mathematical Programming 106(2), 225–236, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0594-3
  • O. Günlük, J. Linderoth, Perspective reformulations of mixed integer nonlinear programs with indicator variables, Mathematical Programming 124(1–2), 183–205, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0360-z
  • A. B. Owen, A robust hybrid of lasso and ridge regression, Contemporary Mathematics 443, 59–72, 2007 (the reverse Huber penalty).
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Functional AnalysisMachine LearningOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Kernel Distributionally Robust Optimization: Generalized Duality Theorem and Stochastic Approximation: The Worst-Case Risk over an RKHS Ambiguity Set Equals Its Support-Function DualResearch Paper

Motivation

Distributionally robust optimization (DRO) chooses a decision θ\thetaθ that minimizes the expected loss under the worst distribution in an ambiguity set K\mathcal KK of plausible distributions, min⁡θsup⁡P∈K∫l(θ,ξ) dP(ξ)\min_\theta\sup_{P\in\mathcal K}\int l(\theta,\xi)\,dP(\xi)minθ​supP∈K​∫l(θ,ξ)dP(ξ). It sits between stochastic optimization, which trusts a single distribution, and worst-case robust optimization, which trusts none. The inner supremum is a problem of moments, studied since Stieltjes and made computable by duality (Isii 1962; Shapiro 2001; Bertsimas and Popescu 2005). Existing tractable reformulations require the ambiguity set to be described by finitely many moments, a ϕ\phiϕ-divergence or a Wasserstein ball, and they usually require a structural property of the loss: affine or quadratic form, or a known Lipschitz constant.

Zhu, Jitkrittum, Diehl and Schölkopf (AISTATS 2021; arXiv:2006.06981) describe the ambiguity set through kernel mean embeddings: a distribution is represented by its mean in a reproducing kernel Hilbert space, and the ambiguity set is the set of distributions whose embedding lies in a convex set C\mathcal CC of that space. Moment sets, MMD balls, scenario polytopes and the whole space (worst-case RO) all arise for suitable kernels and sets C\mathcal CC. Their Generalized Duality Theorem (Theorem 3.1) turns the inner worst-case problem into a minimization over a function of the RKHS that majorizes the loss, with no assumption on the loss beyond upper semicontinuity.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a compact metric space (in the paper, a compact X⊂Rd\mathcal X\subset\mathbb R^dX⊂Rd) with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra, and P\mathcal PP the set of Borel probability measures on X\mathcal XX. Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space and φ:X→H\varphi:\mathcal X\to\mathcal Hφ:X→H a continuous feature map; k(x,y)=⟨φ(x),φ(y)⟩Hk(x,y)=\langle\varphi(x),\varphi(y)\rangle_{\mathcal H}k(x,y)=⟨φ(x),φ(y)⟩H​ is then a continuous positive definite kernel, and an element f∈Hf\in\mathcal Hf∈H acts on X\mathcal XX by the reproducing property f(ξ)=⟨f,φ(ξ)⟩Hf(\xi)=\langle f,\varphi(\xi)\rangle_{\mathcal H}f(ξ)=⟨f,φ(ξ)⟩H​ (rkhsEval).

  • The mean embedding of P∈PP\in\mathcal PP∈P is μP=∫φ dP∈H\mu_P=\int\varphi\,dP\in\mathcal HμP​=∫φdP∈H (meanEmbedding).
  • For C⊆H\mathcal C\subseteq\mathcal HC⊆H, the ambiguity set is KC={P∈P:μP∈C}\mathcal K_{\mathcal C}=\{P\in\mathcal P:\mu_P\in\mathcal C\}KC​={P∈P:μP​∈C} (ambiguitySet).
  • The support function of C\mathcal CC is δC∗(f)=sup⁡μ∈C⟨f,μ⟩H∈[−∞,∞]\delta^*_{\mathcal C}(f)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal C}\langle f,\mu\rangle_{\mathcal H}\in[-\infty,\infty]δC∗​(f)=supμ∈C​⟨f,μ⟩H​∈[−∞,∞] (supportFun).
  • A loss is a function l:Θ×X→[−∞,∞)l:\Theta\times\mathcal X\to[-\infty,\infty)l:Θ×X→[−∞,∞), where Θ\ThetaΘ is an arbitrary set of decisions; ∫l dP\int l\,dP∫ldP is the extended-real expectation.

For fixed θ\thetaθ (written l=l(θ,⋅)l=l(\theta,\cdot)l=l(θ,⋅)), the primal inner problem (11) and the dual inner problem (12) are

(P)θ=sup⁡P∈KC∫l dP,(D)θ=inf⁡{f0+δC∗(f): f0∈R, f∈H, l(ξ)≤f0+f(ξ) ∀ξ∈X}\mathrm{(P)}_\theta=\sup_{P\in\mathcal K_{\mathcal C}}\int l\,dP,\qquad \mathrm{(D)}_\theta=\inf\Big\{f_0+\delta^*_{\mathcal C}(f):\ f_0\in\mathbb R,\ f\in\mathcal H,\ l(\xi)\le f_0+f(\xi)\ \forall\xi\in\mathcal X\Big\}(P)θ​=P∈KC​sup​∫ldP,(D)θ​=inf{f0​+δC∗​(f): f0​∈R, f∈H, l(ξ)≤f0​+f(ξ) ∀ξ∈X}

(primalValue, dualValue, with the constraint IsDualFeasible). Assumption 3.1 of the paper asks that each l(θ,⋅)l(\theta,\cdot)l(θ,⋅) be proper (not identically −∞-\infty−∞) and upper semicontinuous, that C\mathcal CC be closed and convex, and that ri(KC)≠∅\mathrm{ri}(\mathcal K_{\mathcal C})\neq\emptysetri(KC​)=∅.

The PDF prints no page numbers; every page cited in this mission is the PDF page of arXiv:2006.06981v3.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (Generalized Duality), p. 5

Under the hypotheses above, with KC≠∅\mathcal K_{\mathcal C}\ne\emptysetKC​=∅,

∀θ∈Θ:sup⁡P∈KC∫l(θ,ξ) dP(ξ)=inf⁡f0∈R,f∈Hl(θ,⋅)≤f0+ff0+δC∗(f),\forall\theta\in\Theta:\quad \sup_{P\in\mathcal K_{\mathcal C}}\int l(\theta,\xi)\,dP(\xi)=\inf_{\substack{f_0\in\mathbb R,\,f\in\mathcal H\\ l(\theta,\cdot)\le f_0+f}}f_0+\delta^*_{\mathcal C}(f),∀θ∈Θ:P∈KC​sup​∫l(θ,ξ)dP(ξ)=f0​∈R,f∈Hl(θ,⋅)≤f0​+f​inf​f0​+δC∗​(f),

and consequently (P)=inf⁡θ(P)θ=inf⁡θ(D)θ=(D)\mathrm{(P)}=\inf_\theta\mathrm{(P)}_\theta=\inf_\theta\mathrm{(D)}_\theta=\mathrm{(D)}(P)=infθ​(P)θ​=infθ​(D)θ​=(D), the equality of the Kernel DRO problem (2) and its dual (4).

Milestones (the proof of Proposition A.1, pp. 13–15, and Appendix D, pp. 22–23)

  1. The reproducing identity ∫f dP=⟨f,μP⟩H\int f\,dP=\langle f,\mu_P\rangle_{\mathcal H}∫fdP=⟨f,μP​⟩H​ (p. 13).
  2. Lemma D.1: ∫(l−f0−f) dP≤0\int(l-f_0-f)\,dP\le0∫(l−f0​−f)dP≤0 for all PPP iff l≤f0+fl\le f_0+fl≤f0​+f on X\mathcal XX.
  3. Weak duality: ∫l dP≤f0+δC∗(f)\int l\,dP\le f_0+\delta^*_{\mathcal C}(f)∫ldP≤f0​+δC∗​(f) for P∈KCP\in\mathcal K_{\mathcal C}P∈KC​ and feasible (f0,f)(f_0,f)(f0​,f) (p. 6).
  4. Lemmas D.2–D.4: T(P)={μP}\mathcal T(\mathcal P)=\{\mu_P\}T(P)={μP​}, C∩T(P)\mathcal C\cap\mathcal T(\mathcal P)C∩T(P) and KC\mathcal K_{\mathcal C}KC​ are compact.
  5. Primal attainment (p. 15), via the upper semicontinuity of P↦∫l dPP\mapsto\int l\,dPP↦∫ldP (a supporting lemma the paper uses without stating).
  6. The separation (14), the sign τ<0\tau<0τ<0 with the rescaled dual feasible point, and (D)≤(P)+ϵ\mathrm{(D)}\le\mathrm{(P)}+\epsilon(D)≤(P)+ϵ (p. 15).
  7. Proposition A.1: (P)θ=(D)θ\mathrm{(P)}_\theta=\mathrm{(D)}_\theta(P)θ​=(D)θ​ (p. 13).

Companions

Lemma A.2 (complementarity (19)), Corollary 3.1.3 (the optimal majorant interpolates lll P∗P^*P∗-a.e.), the support function 1N∑if(ξi)+ϵ∥f∥H\frac1N\sum_i f(\xi_i)+\epsilon\|f\|_{\mathcal H}N1​∑i​f(ξi​)+ϵ∥f∥H​ of the RKHS norm ball (Table 1), and the weak-duality content of Corollary 3.1.1 for integral probability metrics.

Significance

The theorem replaces an optimization over probability measures by a semi-infinite program over (f0,f)∈R×H(f_0,f)\in\mathbb R\times\mathcal H(f0​,f)∈R×H, whose objective is explicit for the common choices of C\mathcal CC (Table 1). The majorant f0+ff_0+ff0​+f needs no Lipschitz constant and no parametric form of the loss, and the dual variable f∗f^*f∗ doubles as a witness function for the MMD. This is the basis of the paper's batch and stochastic functional gradient algorithms, and it places moment-based DRO, scenario optimization, MMD-ball DRO and worst-case RO in one framework.

The result is proved on paper; it has no machine-checked proof that we know of. Formalizing it builds the duality theory of moment problems with infinitely many moment constraints, on top of Mathlib's Hilbert spaces, Bochner integrals and the weak topology on probability measures. The formal statements also fix points the paper leaves loose: the infimum in place of the printed "min", the reading of the Slater condition, and the role of the continuity of the kernel.

Difficulty

Weak duality is a two-line computation. The work is strong duality. The paper's route separates the cone A={(∫1 dP,∫φ dP,∫l dP):P∈co(P)}A=\{(\int1\,dP,\int\varphi\,dP,\int l\,dP):P\in\mathrm{co}(\mathcal P)\}A={(∫1dP,∫φdP,∫ldP):P∈co(P)} from Bϵ={(1,μ,t+ϵ):μ∈C}B_\epsilon=\{(1,\mu,t+\epsilon):\mu\in\mathcal C\}Bϵ​={(1,μ,t+ϵ):μ∈C} in R×H×R\mathbb R\times\mathcal H\times\mathbb RR×H×R. A Hahn–Banach strict separation needs one set compact or the two at positive distance, and AAA is neither obviously closed nor bounded. The step goes through only because KC\mathcal K_{\mathcal C}KC​ is compact in the weak topology and P↦∫l dPP\mapsto\int l\,dPP↦∫ldP is upper semicontinuous, which also gives primal attainment and the sign τ<0\tau<0τ<0. The loss may take the value −∞-\infty−∞, so every expectation lives in [−∞,∞)[-\infty,\infty)[−∞,∞). The infinite primal case also needs an argument of its own.

Formalization scope

  • X\mathcal XX is a compact metric space with a Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra; a compact subset of Rd\mathbb R^dRd is an instance. P\mathcal PP is ProbabilityMeasure X with its topology of weak convergence; the paper's MMD topology agrees with it for a universal continuous kernel.
  • The RKHS is in feature-map form: a real Hilbert space H\mathcal HH and a continuous φ\varphiφ. Continuity of the kernel is not written in Assumption 3.1 but is used by Appendix D.
  • Losses are X → EReal, upper semicontinuous, never +∞+\infty+∞, and not identically −∞-\infty−∞. Expectations use the published definition WassersteinDRO.Duality.erealExpectation, which for such losses is the usual ∫l dP∈[−∞,∞)\int l\,dP\in[-\infty,\infty)∫ldP∈[−∞,∞).
  • Support function, primal and dual values are extended reals. δ∅∗=−∞\delta^*_\emptyset=-\inftyδ∅∗​=−∞; δH∗(f)=+∞\delta^*_{\mathcal H}(f)=+\inftyδH∗​(f)=+∞ for f≠0f\ne0f=0; an empty ambiguity set gives primal value −∞-\infty−∞; an infeasible dual gives +∞+\infty+∞. The sum f0+δC∗(f)f_0+\delta^*_{\mathcal C}(f)f0​+δC∗​(f) adds a real to an extended real, so +∞+(−∞)+\infty+(-\infty)+∞+(−∞) never occurs.
  • The Slater clause ri(KC)≠∅\mathrm{ri}(\mathcal K_{\mathcal C})\ne\emptysetri(KC​)=∅ names no topology on measures and is used only to obtain a primal solution (p. 15). It is read as KC≠∅\mathcal K_{\mathcal C}\ne\emptysetKC​=∅, which it implies under any reading, so the formal goal is at least as strong as the paper's.
  • Every printed "min" is read as an infimum. Dual attainment is not proved and can fail: for X=[0,1]\mathcal X=[0,1]X=[0,1], φ(x)=x\varphi(x)=xφ(x)=x, C=(−∞,0]\mathcal C=(-\infty,0]C=(−∞,0] and l(x)=xl(x)=\sqrt xl(x)=x​, the dual infimum 000 is not attained.
  • The dual variable ranges over H\mathcal HH, never over arbitrary functions on X\mathcal XX. Over all bounded functions, the choice f=lf=lf=l would make the duality trivial (Example 3.3). The goal is also not closed by unfolding: for C=H\mathcal C=\mathcal HC=H it says sup⁡P∫l dP=sup⁡ξl(ξ)\sup_P\int l\,dP=\sup_\xi l(\xi)supP​∫ldP=supξ​l(ξ), worst-case RO.
  • Corollary 3.1.2 (p. 6) is not stated: it is false under Assumption 3.1 alone (for C=H\mathcal C=\mathcal HC=H and l=1{0}l=\mathbf 1_{\{0\}}l=1{0}​, (2) equals 111 while (6) equals 000).

Reusable pieces: the kernel mean embedding and its continuity on ProbabilityMeasure X, compactness of RKHS ambiguity sets, and the upper semicontinuity of P↦∫l dPP\mapsto\int l\,dPP↦∫ldP for upper semicontinuous lll (a portmanteau-type fact not yet in Mathlib). Proofs of any milestone are welcome. So are support-function computations for the other rows of Tables 1 and 3.

Selected references

  • J.-J. Zhu, W. Jitkrittum, M. Diehl, B. Schölkopf, Kernel Distributionally Robust Optimization: Generalized Duality Theorem and Stochastic Approximation, AISTATS 2021 (PMLR 130); cited here as arXiv:2006.06981v3, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.06981
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3403-4_7
  • K. Isii, On sharpness of Tchebycheff-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 14, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02868641
  • D. Bertsimas, I. Popescu, Optimal inequalities in probability theory: a convex optimization approach, SIAM Journal on Optimization 15(3), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401399903
  • A. Gretton, K. Borgwardt, M. Rasch, B. Schölkopf, A. Smola, A kernel two-sample test, Journal of Machine Learning Research 13, 2012. https://jmlr.org/papers/v13/gretton12a.html
  • A. Ben-Tal, L. El Ghaoui, A. Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, Princeton University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400831050
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization 2: When √(λ0/λ2) > M the Perspective Relaxation Is at Least as Strong as the Big-M and PR(∞) RelaxationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Best subset selection with ridge shrinkage asks for a coefficient vector β∈Rp\beta\in\mathbb R^pβ∈Rp that fits a response y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn through a design matrix X∈Rn×pX\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}X∈Rn×p while using few nonzero coefficients:

min⁡β∈Rp 12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∥β∥0+λ2∥β∥22.\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\ \tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2 + \lambda_0\|\beta\|_0 + \lambda_2\|\beta\|_2^2 .β∈Rpmin​ 21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​∥β∥0​+λ2​∥β∥22​.

This ℓ0ℓ2\ell_0\ell_2ℓ0​ℓ2​-regularized least squares problem is NP-hard, and exact methods solve it as a mixed integer program by branch-and-bound (BnB). The speed of BnB is governed by the strength of the continuous relaxation solved at every node: a larger relaxation value prunes more nodes. Hazimeh, Mazumder and Saab (arXiv:2004.06152, Mathematical Programming 2022) build the solver L0BnB on a perspective formulation and compare its relaxation with two standard alternatives. Their Proposition 1 quantifies that comparison, and their experiments (Section 4.2.1 of the paper) report speed-ups of more than 90× from using the perspective formulation with a tight bound MMM instead of the bound-free formulation.

The mission formalizes Proposition 1 together with the three steps of its proof in the paper's Appendix A.

Setting

Fix XXX, yyy, regularization parameters λ0,λ2>0\lambda_0,\lambda_2>0λ0​,λ2​>0 and a bound M>0M>0M>0 on ∥β∥∞\|\beta\|_\infty∥β∥∞​; write [p]={1,…,p}[p]=\{1,\dots,p\}[p]={1,…,p}.

The Big-M formulation B(M)B(M)B(M) introduces indicators ziz_izi​ and minimizes 12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∑izi+λ2∥β∥22\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\lambda_0\sum_i z_i+\lambda_2\|\beta\|_2^221​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​∑i​zi​+λ2​∥β∥22​ subject to −Mzi≤βi≤Mzi-Mz_i\le\beta_i\le Mz_i−Mzi​≤βi​≤Mzi​, zi∈{0,1}z_i\in\{0,1\}zi​∈{0,1}. Its interval relaxation lets zi∈[0,1]z_i\in[0,1]zi​∈[0,1]; its optimal value is VB(M)V_{B(M)}VB(M)​.

The reverse Huber penalty is B(t)=∣t∣\mathcal B(t)=|t|B(t)=∣t∣ for ∣t∣≤1|t|\le1∣t∣≤1 and (t2+1)/2(t^2+1)/2(t2+1)/2 for ∣t∣≥1|t|\ge1∣t∣≥1. Put

ψ1(b;λ0,λ2)=2λ0 B(bλ2/λ0),ψ2(b;λ0,λ2,M)=(λ0M+λ2M)∣b∣,\psi_1(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2)=2\lambda_0\,\mathcal B\big(b\sqrt{\lambda_2/\lambda_0}\big),\qquad \psi_2(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)=\Big(\frac{\lambda_0}{M}+\lambda_2M\Big)|b|,ψ1​(b;λ0​,λ2​)=2λ0​B(bλ2​/λ0​​),ψ2​(b;λ0​,λ2​,M)=(Mλ0​​+λ2​M)∣b∣,

and let ψ=ψ1\psi=\psi_1ψ=ψ1​ if λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M and ψ=ψ2\psi=\psi_2ψ=ψ2​ if λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M. The paper's Theorem 1 shows that the interval relaxation of the perspective formulation PR(M)\mathrm{PR}(M)PR(M) is equivalent to

min⁡∥β∥∞≤MF(β),F(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥22+∑i∈[p]ψ(βi;λ0,λ2,M),(5)\min_{\|\beta\|_\infty\le M} F(\beta),\qquad F(\beta)=\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\sum_{i\in[p]}\psi(\beta_i;\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M), \tag{5}∥β∥∞​≤Mmin​F(β),F(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+i∈[p]∑​ψ(βi​;λ0​,λ2​,M),(5)

and VPR(M)V_{PR(M)}VPR(M)​ denotes the optimal value of (5). Without a bound, the relaxation value of PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞) is

VPR(∞)=min⁡β∈RpG(β),G(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥22+∑i∈[p]ψ1(βi;λ0,λ2).(6)V_{PR(\infty)}=\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}G(\beta),\qquad G(\beta)=\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\sum_{i\in[p]}\psi_1(\beta_i;\lambda_0,\lambda_2). \tag{6}VPR(∞)​=β∈Rpmin​G(β),G(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+i∈[p]∑​ψ1​(βi​;λ0​,λ2​).(6)

Finally h(λ0,λ2,M)=λ0/M+λ2M−2λ0λ2h(\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)=\lambda_0/M+\lambda_2M-2\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2}h(λ0​,λ2​,M)=λ0​/M+λ2​M−2λ0​λ2​​, and β∗\beta^*β∗ denotes an optimal solution of (5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

For λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M,

VPR(M) ≥ VB(M)+λ2(M∥β∗∥1−∥β∗∥22),(7)V_{PR(M)}\ \ge\ V_{B(M)}+\lambda_2\big(M\|\beta^*\|_1-\|\beta^*\|_2^2\big), \tag{7}VPR(M)​ ≥ VB(M)​+λ2​(M∥β∗∥1​−∥β∗∥22​),(7) VPR(M) ≥ VPR(∞)+h(λ0,λ2,M) ∥β∗∥1.(8)V_{PR(M)}\ \ge\ V_{PR(\infty)}+h(\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M)\,\|\beta^*\|_1. \tag{8}VPR(M)​ ≥ VPR(∞)​+h(λ0​,λ2​,M)∥β∗∥1​.(8)

Milestones

  1. (37): VB(M)=min⁡∥β∥∞≤MH(β)V_{B(M)}=\min_{\|\beta\|_\infty\le M}H(\beta)VB(M)​=min∥β∥∞​≤M​H(β) with H(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥22+∑i(λ0M∣βi∣+λ2βi2)H(\beta)=\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\sum_i\big(\tfrac{\lambda_0}{M}|\beta_i|+\lambda_2\beta_i^2\big)H(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+∑i​(Mλ0​​∣βi​∣+λ2​βi2​); the Big-M relaxation expressed in β\betaβ alone. It holds for every M>0M>0M>0.
  2. (7) alone.
  3. The linear case of ψ1\psi_1ψ1​: if ∣b∣≤M<λ0/λ2|b|\le M<\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}∣b∣≤M<λ0​/λ2​​ then ψ1(b;λ0,λ2)=2∣b∣λ0λ2\psi_1(b;\lambda_0,\lambda_2)=2|b|\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2}ψ1​(b;λ0​,λ2​)=2∣b∣λ0​λ2​​.
  4. (8) alone (the paper's (38)).

The goal is the conjunction of milestones 2 and 4.

Significance

In the regime λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M both added terms are nonnegative: M∥β∗∥1≥∥β∗∥22M\|\beta^*\|_1\ge\|\beta^*\|_2^2M∥β∗∥1​≥∥β∗∥22​ because ∥β∗∥∞≤M\|\beta^*\|_\infty\le M∥β∗∥∞​≤M, and h>0h>0h>0 because λ0/M+λ2M>2λ0λ2\lambda_0/M+\lambda_2M>2\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2}λ0​/M+λ2​M>2λ0​λ2​​ whenever M≠λ0/λ2M\ne\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}M=λ0​/λ2​​. So the perspective relaxation is at least as strong as both the Big-M relaxation and PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞), strictly so as soon as one coordinate of β∗\beta^*β∗ lies strictly inside (0,M)(0,M)(0,M) in absolute value (for (7)) or β∗≠0\beta^*\ne0β∗=0 (for (8)). The bounds are explicit in the relaxation's own solution, so they can be evaluated at a BnB node. This is the theoretical justification for the paper's design choice of building its solver on PR(M)\mathrm{PR}(M)PR(M) with a valid, tight MMM; the regime λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M, where (5) is (6) with the additional box constraint ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty\le M∥β∥∞​≤M, is complementary.

Proposition 1 is proved in the paper; it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces one, together with reusable Lean definitions of the three relaxation values and of the reverse Huber penalty that other statements about perspective relaxations of sparse regression can be stated against.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the coordinate-wise penalties is short. The substance is in comparing optimal values that are defined as infima over different feasible sets. The obvious argument "VPR(M)−VB(M)≥F(β∗)−H(β∗)V_{PR(M)}-V_{B(M)}\ge F(\beta^*)-H(\beta^*)VPR(M)​−VB(M)​≥F(β∗)−H(β∗)" requires that the Big-M relaxation, which is posed over pairs (β,z)(\beta,z)(β,z), have value at most H(β∗)H(\beta^*)H(β∗); that is the content of (37), a statement about a different feasible set in more variables. Likewise (8) needs VPR(∞)≤G(β∗)V_{PR(\infty)}\le G(\beta^*)VPR(∞)​≤G(β∗), i.e. that the infimum in (6) is a genuine lower bound of a set bounded below, and both inequalities use the regime λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M, in which ψ=ψ2\psi=\psi_2ψ=ψ2​. Dropping the regime hypothesis makes (8) false in general: for λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M one has ψ=ψ1\psi=\psi_1ψ=ψ1​ and h≥0h\ge0h≥0, and the right side can exceed VPR(M)=VPR(∞)V_{PR(M)}=V_{PR(\infty)}VPR(M)​=VPR(∞)​.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace L0BnB.Strength. Data are X : Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ, y : Fin n → ℝ, reals lam0 lam2 M with 0 < lam0, 0 < lam2, 0 < M as hypotheses; [p][p][p] is Fin p. Norms are explicit sums: ∥v∥22\|v\|_2^2∥v∥22​ is ∑ i, v i ^ 2, ∥β∥1\|\beta\|_1∥β∥1​ is ∑ i, |β i|, and ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty\le M∥β∥∞​≤M is ∀ i, |β i| ≤ M. The regime is written M < Real.sqrt (lam0 / lam2).

Optimal values are sInf of the image of the feasible set in ℝ. Each set is nonempty (β=0\beta=0β=0, z=0z=0z=0) and bounded below by 000 under the positivity hypotheses, so sInf is the true infimum and never a junk value. VB(M)V_{B(M)}VB(M)​ is defined over pairs (β,z)(\beta,z)(β,z) with zi∈[0,1]z_i\in[0,1]zi​∈[0,1], not through HHH; (37) is a theorem. VPR(∞)V_{PR(\infty)}VPR(∞)​ is (6) as printed: the paper attributes to its reference [21] the identification of (6) with the interval relaxation of PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞) in (β,z,s)(\beta,z,s)(β,z,s) variables, and that identification is not part of the mission. VPR(M)V_{PR(M)}VPR(M)​ is the value of (5), which is the paper's definition; Theorem 1 (the equivalence of (5) with the (β,z,s)(\beta,z,s)(β,z,s) relaxation) belongs to a sibling mission.

The optimal solution β∗\beta^*β∗ is a binder with the hypotheses ∥β∗∥∞≤M\|\beta^*\|_\infty\le M∥β∗∥∞​≤M and F(β∗)≤F(β)F(\beta^*)\le F(\beta)F(β∗)≤F(β) for every β\betaβ in the box. A formalization in which β∗\beta^*β∗ is an arbitrary feasible point, or in which VB(M)V_{B(M)}VB(M)​ or VPR(∞)V_{PR(\infty)}VPR(∞)​ is defined through a chosen minimizer, would change the statement and is ruled out. The paper uses no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) in this result, so no constant is instantiated.

Needed infrastructure is light: continuity of HHH and compactness of the box for the attainment in (37), and csInf lemmas on ℝ. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, and of the attainment of the infimum in (5), are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, A. Saab, Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization, arXiv:2004.06152v2, 2021; Mathematical Programming (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.06152
  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, Fast Best Subset Selection: Coordinate Descent and Local Combinatorial Optimization Algorithms, Operations Research 68(5), 1517–1537, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1919
  • H. Dong, K. Chen, J. Linderoth, Regularization vs. Relaxation: A conic optimization perspective of statistical variable selection, arXiv e-prints, 2015 (the paper's reference [21], source of (6) for PR(∞)\mathrm{PR}(\infty)PR(∞)). https://arxiv.org/abs/1510.06083
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Convergence of Inertial Dynamics and Algorithms with Asymptotic Vanishing Viscosity 3: For α > 3 and Σ k‖g_k‖ < ∞, the Perturbed Inertial Forward-Backward Iterates Converge Weakly to a MinimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in signal processing, statistics and machine learning take the form min⁡xΦ(x)+Ψ(x)\min_x \Phi(x)+\Psi(x)minx​Φ(x)+Ψ(x), where Ψ\PsiΨ is smooth and Φ\PhiΦ is convex but nonsmooth (a norm, the indicator of a constraint set). The forward-backward method takes a gradient step on Ψ\PsiΨ followed by a proximal step on Φ\PhiΦ. Its accelerated, inertial version — FISTA of Beck and Teboulle, built on Nesterov's method — reaches the rate O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) for the objective values. In practice the gradient or the proximal step is computed only approximately, so it matters whether the accelerated method survives errors, and whether its iterates converge at all, not only its objective values.

  • 1983–2009. Nesterov introduces the accelerated gradient method with rate O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2); Güler extends it to proximal steps; Beck and Teboulle publish FISTA (SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 2009). Convergence of the FISTA iterates themselves remains open.
  • 2011. Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach show that the O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) value rate of accelerated proximal-gradient methods persists under errors that decay fast enough (NeurIPS 2011).
  • 2014–2015. Su, Boyd and Candès read Nesterov's scheme as a discretization of x¨+αtx˙+∇Φ(x)=0\ddot x+\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot x+\nabla\Phi(x)=0x¨+tα​x˙+∇Φ(x)=0 (JMLR 2016). Chambolle and Dossal prove weak convergence of the iterates when the inertial coefficient is k−1k+α−1\frac{k-1}{k+\alpha-1}k+α−1k−1​ with α>3\alpha>3α>3, without errors (JOTA 2015).
  • 2015. Attouch, Chbani, Peypouquet and Redont (this source) treat the dynamics and the algorithm together, and prove value rates and weak convergence of the iterates for the version with errors.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space. Let Φ:H→R∪{+∞}\Phi:\mathcal H\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}Φ:H→R∪{+∞} be proper, lower semicontinuous and convex, and let Ψ:H→R\Psi:\mathcal H\to\mathbb RΨ:H→R be convex and continuously differentiable, with gradient ∇Ψ\nabla\Psi∇Ψ Lipschitz continuous with constant LLL. Write Θ=Φ+Ψ\Theta=\Phi+\PsiΘ=Φ+Ψ and S=argmin⁡ΘS=\operatorname{argmin}\ThetaS=argminΘ.

The proximal map of sΦs\PhisΦ (s>0s>0s>0) sends xxx to the unique minimizer of ξ↦Φ(ξ)+12s∥ξ−x∥2\xi\mapsto\Phi(\xi)+\frac1{2s}\|\xi-x\|^2ξ↦Φ(ξ)+2s1​∥ξ−x∥2.

Fix α>0\alpha>0α>0, a step sss with 0<s<1/L0<s<1/L0<s<1/L, and perturbations gk∈Hg_k\in\mathcal Hgk​∈H. The perturbed inertial forward-backward algorithm (55) generates

yk=xk+k−1k+α−1(xk−xk−1),xk+1=prox⁡sΦ(yk−s(∇Ψ(yk)−gk)).y_k=x_k+\frac{k-1}{k+\alpha-1}(x_k-x_{k-1}),\qquad x_{k+1}=\operatorname{prox}_{s\Phi}\big(y_k-s(\nabla\Psi(y_k)-g_k)\big).yk​=xk​+k+α−1k−1​(xk​−xk−1​),xk+1​=proxsΦ​(yk​−s(∇Ψ(yk​)−gk​)).

With gk=0g_k=0gk​=0 and α=3\alpha=3α=3 this is FISTA. The analysis uses zk=k+α−1α−1yk−kα−1xkz_k=\frac{k+\alpha-1}{\alpha-1}y_k-\frac{k}{\alpha-1}x_kzk​=α−1k+α−1​yk​−α−1k​xk​ and, for x∗∈Sx^*\in Sx∗∈S, the energy

G(k)=2sα−1(k+α−2)2(Θ(xk)−Θ(x∗))+(α−1)∥zk−x∗∥2.\mathcal G(k)=\frac{2s}{\alpha-1}(k+\alpha-2)^2\big(\Theta(x_k)-\Theta(x^*)\big)+(\alpha-1)\|z_k-x^*\|^2 .G(k)=α−12s​(k+α−2)2(Θ(xk​)−Θ(x∗))+(α−1)∥zk​−x∗∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

If S≠∅S\neq\emptysetS=∅, α>3\alpha>3α>3, 0<s<1/L0<s<1/L0<s<1/L and ∑kk∥gk∥<+∞\sum_k k\|g_k\|<+\infty∑k​k∥gk​∥<+∞, then

∑kk(Θ(xk)−min⁡Θ)<∞,∑kk∥xk+1−xk∥2<∞,xk⇀xˉ  for some xˉ∈S.\sum_k k\big(\Theta(x_k)-\min\Theta\big)<\infty,\qquad \sum_k k\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|^2<\infty,\qquad x_k\rightharpoonup\bar x\ \text{ for some }\bar x\in S .k∑​k(Θ(xk​)−minΘ)<∞,k∑​k∥xk+1​−xk​∥2<∞,xk​⇀xˉ  for some xˉ∈S.

The goal makes no claim about rates of the iterates and no claim of strong convergence.

Value rate: Theorem 5.1

For α≥3\alpha\ge3α≥3, with an explicit constant CCC depending on x0x_0x0​, y0y_0y0​, x∗x^*x∗ and ∑j(j+α−1)∥gj∥\sum_j(j+\alpha-1)\|g_j\|∑j​(j+α−1)∥gj​∥,

Θ(xk)−min⁡Θ≤C(α−1)2s(k+α−2)2.\Theta(x_k)-\min\Theta\le\frac{C(\alpha-1)}{2s(k+\alpha-2)^2}.Θ(xk​)−minΘ≤2s(k+α−2)2C(α−1)​.

Milestones

The proof's steps, in order: the proximal-gradient inequality (63); the energy step (66); the discrete Gronwall–Bellman Lemma A.9; the bound (68) on ∥zk−x∗∥\|z_k-x^*\|∥zk​−x∗∥; Theorem 5.1; the descent inequality (69); the velocity bound (72); the second-order inequality (80) for hk=12∥xk−x∗∥2h_k=\frac12\|x_k-x^*\|^2hk​=21​∥xk​−x∗∥2; Lemma A.5; Opial's Lemma A.3.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.3 gives convergence of the iterates of a FISTA-type method that tolerates computational error, and summability estimates that are stronger than the O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) value rate: ∑kk(Θ(xk)−min⁡Θ)<∞\sum_k k(\Theta(x_k)-\min\Theta)<\infty∑k​k(Θ(xk​)−minΘ)<∞ implies the rate o(1/k2)o(1/k^2)o(1/k2) along the sequence. The summability condition ∑kk∥gk∥<∞\sum_k k\|g_k\|<\infty∑k​k∥gk​∥<∞ is the discrete counterpart of ∫t∥g(t)∥ dt<∞\int t\|g(t)\|\,dt<\infty∫t∥g(t)∥dt<∞ for the perturbed dynamics, which makes the algorithm a faithful discretization of the continuous model studied in the same paper. For α=3\alpha=3α=3 (FISTA itself) convergence of the iterates was not known when the paper was written.

Formalizing it. The unperturbed case (gk≡0g_k\equiv0gk​≡0) is already on Prove2Me and proved: the weak convergence theorem and the energy, descent and summability facts (namespace NesterovFB), and the proximal-gradient inequality, which this mission reuses as milestone (63). This mission poses the perturbed statements, which no existing item covers: the error terms change the energy step, require boundedness of (zk)(z_k)(zk​) through a Gronwall-type argument, and turn the Fejér-type estimate into an inhomogeneous one. The discrete Gronwall–Bellman and Opial lemmas are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

Without errors the energy G(k)\mathcal G(k)G(k) is nonincreasing and every estimate follows from summing (66). With errors, (66) has the extra term 2s(k+α−1)⟨gk,zk+1−x∗⟩2s(k+\alpha-1)\langle g_k,z_{k+1}-x^*\rangle2s(k+α−1)⟨gk​,zk+1​−x∗⟩, which can only be summed once (zk)(z_k)(zk​) is known to be bounded — and the bound on zkz_kzk​ itself comes from the energy. The circularity is broken only by an implicit quadratic inequality and a discrete Gronwall–Bellman argument; a direct summation fails. The same issue reappears for the velocities, where (71) bounds k2∥xk+1−xk∥2k^2\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|^2k2∥xk+1​−xk​∥2 in terms of itself. Finally, weak convergence needs that lim⁡∥xk−x∗∥\lim\|x_k-x^*\|lim∥xk​−x∗∥ exists for every minimizer; for the inertial scheme ∥xk−x∗∥\|x_k-x^*\|∥xk​−x∗∥ is not monotone, and one must pass through the second-order inequality (80) and Lemma A.5 rather than a Fejér argument.

Formalization scope

H\mathcal HH is a real inner product space, complete; nothing is finite-dimensional, and weak convergence is the published WeakTendsto (⟨xk,v⟩→⟨xˉ,v⟩\langle x_k,v\rangle\to\langle\bar x,v\rangle⟨xk​,v⟩→⟨xˉ,v⟩ for every vvv), not norm convergence. Φ\PhiΦ is EReal-valued with IsProperClosedConvex, and prox⁡sΦ\operatorname{prox}_{s\Phi}proxsΦ​ is a map PPP with IsProx s Φ P (published definitions). Θ\ThetaΘ is the published NesterovFB.Rates.theta Φ Ψ; that definition names its arguments the other way round (nonsmooth first). LLL is a nonnegative real and "0<s<1/L0<s<1/L0<s<1/L" is written 0<s0<s0<s, sL<1sL<1sL<1. The algorithm is the predicate IsPerturbedRun on two sequences x,y:N→Hx,y:\mathbb N\to\mathcal Hx,y:N→H; y0y_0y0​ is free, which covers every value of the unspecified x−1x_{-1}x−1​. Series are Summable statements, sums such as ∑j(j+α−1)∥gj∥\sum_j(j+\alpha-1)\|g_j\|∑j​(j+α−1)∥gj​∥ are tsums used only under the summability hypothesis.

Two printed statements are corrected as their proofs require. In Theorem 5.3 iii) the limit minimizes Φ+Ψ\Phi+\PsiΦ+Ψ (the page says argmin⁡Φ\operatorname{argmin}\PhiargminΦ, the proof applies Opial's lemma with S=argmin⁡(Φ+Ψ)S=\operatorname{argmin}(\Phi+\Psi)S=argmin(Φ+Ψ)). In Theorem 5.1 the constant uses G(0)/(α−1)\sqrt{\mathcal G(0)/(\alpha-1)}G(0)/(α−1)​, the quantity the proof derives, instead of the printed E(0)/(α−1)\sqrt{\mathcal E(0)/(\alpha-1)}E(0)/(α−1)​. Theorem 5.1 and (68) assume Φ(x0)<+∞\Phi(x_0)<+\inftyΦ(x0​)<+∞ so that the constant is a real number; Theorem 5.3 does not.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the step condition is sL<1sL<1sL<1 rather than s<1/Ls<1/Ls<1/L (which is unsatisfiable for L=0L=0L=0 in Lean), and a sorry-free check confirms that Φ=Ψ=0\Phi=\Psi=0Φ=Ψ=0, g=0g=0g=0, P=idP=\mathrm{id}P=id and constant sequences satisfy every hypothesis of the goal, so the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable.

Theorem numbers and pages are those of the Optimization Online preprint 5179 (October 2015), not of the Mathematical Programming typesetting. Welcome contributions: proofs of the appendix lemmas A.3, A.5, A.9 (independent of the algorithm), of (66) and (69) from the referenced inequality (63), and the chain (68) → Theorem 5.1, (72), (80) → Theorem 5.3.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convergence of inertial dynamics and algorithms with asymptotic vanishing damping, Optimization Online preprint 5179, 2015. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/5179.pdf ; published as …asymptotic vanishing viscosity, Math. Program. 168 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-0992-8
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems, SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 2 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • A. Chambolle, Ch. Dossal, On the convergence of the iterates of the "fast iterative shrinkage/thresholding algorithm", J. Optim. Theory Appl. 166 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-015-0746-4
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method: theory and insights, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17 (2016). https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.01243
  • M. Schmidt, N. Le Roux, F. Bach, Convergence rates of inexact proximal-gradient methods for convex optimization, NeurIPS 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.2415
  • Z. Opial, Weak convergence of the sequence of successive approximations for nonexpansive mappings, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 73 (1967). https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1967-11761-0
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Proximal Algorithms II: The Proximal Operator of a Norm Is v − λΠ_B(v/λ), B the Unit Ball of the Dual NormResearch Paper

Motivation

Norms are the most common nonsmooth terms in convex optimization models. The ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm promotes sparsity in the lasso and in compressed sensing, the Euclidean norm of blocks of variables promotes group sparsity in the group lasso, and the nuclear norm promotes low rank. First-order methods for such models, notably the proximal gradient method, ADMM and their accelerated and parallel variants, handle a norm term through a single operation: its proximal operator. Each iteration of these methods needs prox⁡λ∥⋅∥(v)\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\|\cdot\|}(v)proxλ∥⋅∥​(v) for some point vvv and step λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, so a description of this operator for an arbitrary norm is needed in practice.

The monograph of N. Parikh and S. Boyd, Proximal Algorithms (Found. Trends Optim. 1(3), 2014), records this description twice. In §2.5 it derives it from Moreau decomposition, and in §6.5 it states the general scaled form: the proximal operator of a norm is the identity minus a scaled Euclidean projection onto the unit ball of the dual norm. The underlying decomposition is due to J.-J. Moreau (Proximité et dualité dans un espace hilbertien, Bull. SMF 93, 1965). The norm case is standard in convex analysis texts; Parikh and Boyd present it as the bridge between proximal operators of norms and projections onto norm balls.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product zTxz^TxzTx and Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​.

A function f:Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rn→R∪{+∞} is closed proper convex if its epigraph {(x,t)∣f(x)≤t}\{(x,t)\mid f(x)\le t\}{(x,t)∣f(x)≤t} is a nonempty closed convex set. For such fff and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the proximal operator is

prox⁡λf(v)=argmin⁡x(f(x)+12λ∥x−v∥22),\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda f}(v)=\operatorname*{argmin}_x\Big(f(x)+\tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|x-v\|_2^2\Big),proxλf​(v)=xargmin​(f(x)+2λ1​∥x−v∥22​),

which has a unique minimizer for every vvv. The convex conjugate is f∗(y)=sup⁡x(yTx−f(x))f^*(y)=\sup_x\big(y^Tx-f(x)\big)f∗(y)=supx​(yTx−f(x)). For a set CCC, the indicator function ICI_CIC​ is 000 on CCC and +∞+\infty+∞ off CCC, and the Euclidean projection onto a nonempty closed convex CCC is ΠC(v)=argmin⁡x∈C∥x−v∥2\Pi_C(v)=\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in C}\|x-v\|_2ΠC​(v)=argminx∈C​∥x−v∥2​.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ be a general norm on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, possibly different from ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​. Its dual norm and the dual unit ball are

∥z∥∗=sup⁡{zTx∣∥x∥≤1},B={x∣∥x∥∗≤1}.\|z\|_*=\sup\{z^Tx\mid \|x\|\le 1\},\qquad \mathcal B=\{x\mid \|x\|_*\le 1\}.∥z∥∗​=sup{zTx∣∥x∥≤1},B={x∣∥x∥∗​≤1}.

In the Lean development the space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), the general norm is a seminorm N with the definiteness hypothesis IsNorm N, ∥z∥∗\|z\|_*∥z∥∗​ is dualNorm N z, B\mathcal BB is dualBall N, ICI_CIC​ is indicator C, and f=∥⋅∥f=\|\cdot\|f=∥⋅∥ is normFun N.

Formalization targets

Goal: (6.8), §6.5, p. 187

For every general norm f=∥⋅∥f=\|\cdot\|f=∥⋅∥ on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and every v∈Rnv\in\mathbb R^nv∈Rn,

prox⁡λf(v)=v−λ ΠB(v/λ).\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda f}(v)=v-\lambda\,\Pi_{\mathcal B}(v/\lambda).proxλf​(v)=v−λΠB​(v/λ).

Stated as: v−λw=prox⁡λf(v)v-\lambda w=\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda f}(v)v−λw=proxλf​(v) if and only if w=ΠB(v/λ)w=\Pi_{\mathcal B}(v/\lambda)w=ΠB​(v/λ), for all v,wv,wv,w.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Moreau decomposition (2.4), p. 133: v=prox⁡f(v)+prox⁡f∗(v)v=\operatorname{prox}_f(v)+\operatorname{prox}_{f^*}(v)v=proxf​(v)+proxf∗​(v) for closed proper convex fff. This is the published, proved theorem MoreauProx.Decomposition.moreau_decomposition.
  2. §2.5, p. 134: for a norm, f∗=IBf^*=I_{\mathcal B}f∗=IB​ as functions on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  3. §2.5, p. 134: the case λ=1\lambda=1λ=1, v=prox⁡f(v)+ΠB(v)v=\operatorname{prox}_f(v)+\Pi_{\mathcal B}(v)v=proxf​(v)+ΠB​(v).
  4. (6.7), p. 187: prox⁡λf(v)=v−λprox⁡f∗/λ(v/λ)\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda f}(v)=v-\lambda\operatorname{prox}_{f^*/\lambda}(v/\lambda)proxλf​(v)=v−λproxf∗/λ​(v/λ) for a general norm fff and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, as printed.

Significance

The goal reduces evaluating the proximal operator of any norm to projecting onto one convex set, the unit ball of the dual norm. All the familiar closed forms are instances: soft thresholding for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ (whose dual ball is the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ box), block soft thresholding for ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ (whose dual ball is the Euclidean ball), and the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ prox via projection onto the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ ball. Conversely, it lets a projection onto a norm ball be computed from the norm's proximal operator. Milestone 4, the scaled Moreau decomposition, is here stated for norms; its general form is an identity used throughout splitting methods whenever a dual or conjugate prox is cheaper than the primal one.

The results are classical and proved in the literature; the work here is formalization. Moreau's decomposition is already formalized on the platform (Moreau 1965 series, proved). Several norm-specific corollaries are posed as open problems in other series: soft thresholding (BoydADMM.Prox.prox_l1_eq_softThreshold), block soft thresholding (BoydADMM.L1.group_lasso_z_update) and projection onto a Euclidean ball (Pegasos.Analysis.projBall_isProj). A proof of the goal here gives a uniform route to such statements for any norm. The general-norm statements, the conjugate of a norm and the scaled decomposition are not formalized elsewhere on the platform.

Difficulty

The derivation in the monograph is two lines, but each line hides a step. Computing f∗f^*f∗ for a norm requires the inequality yTx≤∥x∥ ∥y∥∗y^Tx\le\|x\|\,\|y\|_*yTx≤∥x∥∥y∥∗​ and, for ∥y∥∗>1\|y\|_*>1∥y∥∗​>1, a direction along which yTx−∥x∥y^Tx-\|x\|yTx−∥x∥ grows without bound; the dual norm is a supremum, so finiteness and attainment have to be argued from finite dimensionality and definiteness of the norm. The scaling step requires knowing how the conjugate and the proximal operator transform under f↦λff\mapsto\lambda ff↦λf and v↦v/λv\mapsto v/\lambdav↦v/λ, in extended-real arithmetic where +∞+\infty+∞ values must be tracked. The proximal operator of an indicator being the projection is an unfolding of definitions, but the minimizer predicates on both sides must be matched, including the factor 12\tfrac1221​ and squared versus unsquared distances.

A tempting shortcut is to work only with the Euclidean norm, where B\mathcal BB is the Euclidean unit ball; that proves a special case, not the goal.

Formalization scope

  • Space and norms. Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) for arbitrary nnn, including n=0n=0n=0. The general norm is an arbitrary Seminorm ℝ (EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n)) with definiteness (IsNorm); the Euclidean norm of the space is used only in the proximal objective and the projection, as in (1.1) and (1.3).
  • Extended values. Functions Rn→R∪{+∞}\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}Rn→R∪{+∞} take values in EReal. The dual norm is computed in EReal as the supremum of the printed set, so it has no junk value. λf\lambda fλf and f∗/λf^*/\lambdaf∗/λ are products with the positive reals λ\lambdaλ, λ−1\lambda^{-1}λ−1, and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 is a hypothesis everywhere (p. 124).
  • Proximal operator and projection as predicates. "x=prox⁡g(z)x=\operatorname{prox}_g(z)x=proxg​(z)" is IsProx g z x (xxx minimizes 12∥u−z∥22+g(u)\tfrac12\|u-z\|_2^2+g(u)21​∥u−z∥22​+g(u)) and "x=ΠC(z)x=\Pi_C(z)x=ΠC​(z)" is IsProj C z x. With g=λfg=\lambda fg=λf, Moreau's objective 12∥u−z∥22+λf(u)\tfrac12\|u-z\|_2^2+\lambda f(u)21​∥u−z∥22​+λf(u) is λ\lambdaλ times the objective of (1.2), so it has the same minimizers. Both minimizers exist and are unique, so an equivalence over all candidate points states the printed equations exactly.
  • Standing assumption. Every function whose proximal operator appears is closed proper convex (p. 124); a norm is, so no statement needs an extra hypothesis. Every statement, milestone 4 included, is about a general norm, as on the page.
  • Ruling out trivializations. The dual unit ball is defined through the printed supremum sup⁡{zTx∣∥x∥≤1}\sup\{z^Tx\mid\|x\|\le1\}sup{zTx∣∥x∥≤1}, never by a closed form or as "the set that makes (6.8) hold", and the projection is not pre-solved.
  • Imported objects. The conjugate conj, IsProx and IsProj come from the published Moreau 1965 series definitions MoreauProx.Decomposition.ConvexDuality and MoreauProx.Decomposition.Cones.
  • Source. The PDF used is the authors' copy of the published monograph in the journal's format (printed pages 123–231); page numbers are those of this copy.

Useful contributions include lemmas on conjugates of positively homogeneous functions, on the behaviour of IsProx under scaling, and the identity prox⁡IC=ΠC\operatorname{prox}_{I_C}=\Pi_CproxIC​​=ΠC​ in the predicate form; all are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • N. Parikh and S. Boyd, Proximal Algorithms, Foundations and Trends in Optimization 1(3), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1561/2400000003
  • J.-J. Moreau, Proximité et dualité dans un espace hilbertien, Bulletin de la Société Mathématique de France 93:273–299, 1965. https://doi.org/10.24033/bsmf.1625
  • H. H. Bauschke and P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, 2nd ed., Springer, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-48311-5
  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato and J. Eckstein, Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 3(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000016
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Revisiting Frank-Wolfe: Projection-Free Sparse Convex Optimization 2: For f = ‖x‖², Every k-Sparse Point of the Simplex Has Duality Gap ≥ 2/kResearch Paper

Why sparsity limits accuracy

The Frank–Wolfe algorithm minimizes a smooth convex objective over a compact convex domain by choosing an atom through a linear optimization problem and moving toward it. On a domain that is the convex hull of atoms, each ordinary iteration introduces at most one new atom. That makes the method useful when a solution represented with few atoms is valuable, but it raises a basic question: how much accuracy can a solution with only a few atoms attain? Jaggi's 2013 analysis gives upper bounds on primal error and duality gap for four Frank–Wolfe variants. Its sparsity section supplies a matching obstruction on the unit simplex. This mission isolates that obstruction so the claimed dependence on sparsity can be checked independently of any particular implementation of the algorithm.

The paper calls the number of used atoms the sparsity of an iterate. It proves two lower bounds for one quadratic objective: a sparse point cannot have arbitrarily small objective value, and, with fewer active coordinates than the simplex dimension, it cannot have arbitrarily small duality gap. These are worst-case statements about feasible points themselves. Consequently, any method whose iterates retain the stated sparsity is subject to them, regardless of how it selects its next atom. The source statements and constants are Lemma 3 and Lemma 4, PDF p. 5.

The quadratic simplex problem

Let nnn be a positive integer and let the unit simplex be

Δn={x∈Rn:xi≥0 for every i, ∑i=1nxi=1}.\Delta_n=\left\{x\in\mathbb R^n:x_i\ge0\text{ for every }i,\ \sum_{i=1}^n x_i=1\right\}.Δn​={x∈Rn:xi​≥0 for every i, i=1∑n​xi​=1}.

For a vector xxx, let card⁡(x)\operatorname{card}(x)card(x) be the number of nonzero coordinates. The objective is the squared Euclidean norm f(x)=∥x∥22=∑ixi2f(x)=\|x\|_2^2=\sum_i x_i^2f(x)=∥x∥22​=∑i​xi2​. Its minimum on the full simplex is 1/n1/n1/n, reached at the uniform point. The paper compares that optimum with the best value permitted by a bound on card⁡(x)\operatorname{card}(x)card(x). The dimension nnn and sparsity budget kkk are separate: the goal assumes k<nk<nk<n, so at least one coordinate must be zero at every eligible point.

The duality gap at a feasible xxx is

gf,Δn(x)=max⁡s∈Δn⟨x−s,∇f(x)⟩.g_{f,\Delta_n}(x)=\max_{s\in\Delta_n}\langle x-s,\nabla f(x)\rangle.gf,Δn​​(x)=s∈Δn​max​⟨x−s,∇f(x)⟩.

For a convex objective, this gap bounds the difference between the current objective value and the optimum; the paper introduces that certificate in display (2), PDF p. 2. Here the maximum exists because the simplex is nonempty and compact and the expression is continuous in sss. It is the same certificate computed by minimizing a linear function over the domain in a Frank–Wolfe step. The paper's Table 1, PDF p. 6 identifies the simplex linear subproblem with choosing a coordinate having the largest coefficient.

Formalization targets

Sparse objective minimum

For 1≤k≤n1\le k\le n1≤k≤n, Lemma 3 asserts an attained minimum:

min⁡x∈Δn, card⁡(x)≤kf(x)=1k.\min_{x\in\Delta_n,\ \operatorname{card}(x)\le k} f(x)=\frac1k.x∈Δn​, card(x)≤kmin​f(x)=k1​.

The associated primal-error statement says that a point with exactly kkk nonzero coordinates has f(x)−f(x∗)≥1/k−1/nf(x)-f(x^*)\ge1/k-1/nf(x)−f(x∗)≥1/k−1/n, where x∗x^*x∗ is an optimizer on the full simplex. The minimum and the primal-error reading are both included as draft theorems.

Duality-gap lower bound

For every natural number k<nk<nk<n, Lemma 4 states the mission goal:

∀x∈Δn,card⁡(x)≤k ⟹ gf,Δn(x)≥2k.\forall x\in\Delta_n,\quad \operatorname{card}(x)\le k\ \Longrightarrow\ g_{f,\Delta_n}(x)\ge\frac2k.∀x∈Δn​,card(x)≤k ⟹ gf,Δn​​(x)≥k2​.

The threshold k<nk<nk<n is essential to this exact value. If all coordinates may be active, the uniform optimizer has zero gap. The case k=0k=0k=0 is formally allowed by the paper's natural-number wording, but has no eligible simplex point. The formal statement keeps the paper's quantifier order and does not add a positive-kkk hypothesis.

Three milestones accompany the goal. The first records that an atomic set and its convex hull have the same support function. The second records the simplex support value max⁡iyi\max_i y_imaxi​yi​ from Table 1. The third is Lemma 3's attained sparse minimum. They are stated as mathematical claims independent of any algorithmic running-time assertion.

What the bound establishes

The source's convergence analysis gives error guarantees that decrease with the number of iterations, while its simplex example shows that using only kkk atoms leaves primal error at least 1/k−1/n1/k-1/n1/k−1/n and, for k<nk<nk<n, gap at least 2/k2/k2/k. Together they delimit what the paper's sparsity guarantees can achieve. The duality-gap claim concerns a certificate of approximation quality, so it applies even when the optimal value is unavailable to an algorithm. The result is already proved in the 2013 paper; the open work here is its Lean formalization and the finite-dimensional facts needed to connect sparse coordinates, linear optimization, and the gap.

The formalization also produces reusable interfaces for sparse simplex optimization: a coordinate-count notion of sparsity, an attained minimum formulation, and a support-function statement that avoids making a real supremum silently return a default value on an empty or unbounded set. These can serve later work on atomic methods without tying that work to one choice of Frank–Wolfe steps.

Where the argument is delicate

Bounding the quadratic objective alone does not establish the duality-gap statement. The gap also involves the best linear comparison point sss in the simplex. The unrestricted simplex optimum, the optimum under a sparsity budget, and the best linear comparison are different objects and must retain their respective domains. An encoding that replaces the gap's domain with the sparse feasible set would change the theorem. Another easy mistake is to use the ambient norm of a function Fin(n)→R\mathrm{Fin}(n)\to\mathbb RFin(n)→R as the objective: that norm is the supremum norm, whereas the paper uses the Euclidean squared norm.

The paper's displayed curvature value Cf=4C_f=4Cf​=4 is included as a companion statement. It uses the Euclidean diameter of the simplex, which is 2\sqrt22​ for n≥2n\ge2n≥2. The one-dimensional simplex is a single point, so extending that equality to n=1n=1n=1 would be false. The formalized companion makes the dimension condition explicit.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions Fin(n)→R\mathrm{Fin}(n)\to\mathbb RFin(n)→R. The domain is Mathlib's stdSimplex R (Fin(n))\mathrm{stdSimplex}\ \mathbb R\ (\mathrm{Fin}(n))stdSimplex R (Fin(n)); the objective is an explicit sum of coordinate squares, and sparsity counts nonzero coordinates. The gradient pairing in the source is represented by the Fréchet derivative applied to a direction. For this quadratic, the two agree coordinate by coordinate. The duality gap is a real supremum of those derivative values over the simplex. Its use in the goal is guarded by k<nk<nk<n, which implies n>0n>0n>0 and makes the simplex nonempty; compactness makes the supremum a maximum. The support-function milestone states equality through all upper bounds, so it also has a meaningful reading for empty or unbounded atomic sets.

The curvature set follows display (3), PDF p. 3, with step size 0<γ≤10<\gamma\le10<γ≤1 because the printed quotient has no value at zero. The Cf=4C_f=4Cf​=4 companion assumes n≥2n\ge2n≥2, a necessary dimension pin beyond the paper's sentence. Other standing conditions of the general problem are discharged by the chosen quadratic and simplex, rather than added as free hypotheses. No theorem assumes the quadratic minimum, a gap maximizer, or a zero coordinate as a premise; those are consequences to be established from feasibility and sparsity. The source PDF contains the statements but not its cited appendix proofs, so formal proof contributions may use other valid arguments. The simplex support, sparse minimum, and curvature interfaces are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Martin Jaggi, Revisiting Frank-Wolfe: Projection-Free Sparse Convex Optimization, Proceedings of the 30th International Conference on Machine Learning, JMLR Workshop and Conference Proceedings 28, 2013. Proceedings page.
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraNumerical AnalysisOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

A Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithm for Nonsymmetric Exponential-Cone Optimization 2: Rank-One Recursions Factor Y₀(Y₀ᵀS₀)⁻¹Y₀ᵀ = VVᵀ and S₀(Y₀ᵀS₀)⁻¹S₀ᵀ = UUᵀResearch Paper

Motivation

Quasi-Newton methods replace the Hessian of an objective by a matrix H≻0H \succ 0H≻0 that is updated from observed pairs of steps and gradient changes. The secant equation HS=YHS = YHS=Y asks the new matrix to map the observed steps SSS to the observed changes YYY. The best-known update is BFGS, which for ppp simultaneous pairs S,Y∈Rn×pS, Y \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times p}S,Y∈Rn×p reads

HBFGS:=Y(YTS)−1YT+H−HS(STHS)−1STH.H_{\mathrm{BFGS}} := Y(Y^TS)^{-1}Y^T + H - HS(S^THS)^{-1}S^TH .HBFGS​:=Y(YTS)−1YT+H−HS(STHS)−1STH.

Schnabel (Quasi-Newton methods using multiple secant equations, technical report, University of Colorado at Boulder, 1983, reference [25] of the paper) studied such multiple-secant updates; one of his results is that a positive definite HHH with HS=YHS = YHS=Y exists exactly when YTS≻0Y^TS \succ 0YTS≻0.

Dahl and Andersen (Math. Program. 194:341–370, 2022) use multiple-secant BFGS updates to build primal-dual scaling matrices for an interior-point algorithm on the nonsymmetric exponential cone, following Tunçel (Found. Comput. Math. 1:229–254, 2001) and Myklebust and Tunçel (arXiv:1411.2129). In their setting p=2p = 2p=2, and they need the update in factored, low-rank form. Their Theorem 2 supplies it: the term Y(YTS)−1YTY(Y^TS)^{-1}Y^TY(YTS)−1YT, and its counterpart S(YTS)−1STS(Y^TS)^{-1}S^TS(YTS)−1ST for the inverse update, are computed by ppp rank-one steps. These steps resemble single-secant quasi-Newton updates, and no inverse is formed. This mission formalizes Theorem 2 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let n,p≥0n, p \ge 0n,p≥0 and Y0,S0∈Rn×pY_0, S_0 \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times p}Y0​,S0​∈Rn×p. Write eke_kek​ for the kkk-th unit vector of Rp\mathbb{R}^pRp and ⟨a,b⟩=aTb\langle a, b\rangle = a^Tb⟨a,b⟩=aTb for the inner product of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, so that ⟨Yek,Sek⟩=(YTS)kk\langle Ye_k, Se_k\rangle = (Y^TS)_{kk}⟨Yek​,Sek​⟩=(YTS)kk​. The hypothesis of the theorem is

Y0TS0≻0,Y_0^TS_0 \succ 0,Y0T​S0​≻0,

meaning that the p×pp\times pp×p matrix Y0TS0Y_0^TS_0Y0T​S0​ is symmetric and positive definite.

For k=1,…,pk = 1, \dots, pk=1,…,p the recursions (25)–(26) are

vk:=Yk−1ek⟨Yk−1ek,Sk−1ek⟩1/2,Yk:=Yk−1−vkvkTSk−1,v_k := \frac{Y_{k-1}e_k}{\langle Y_{k-1}e_k, S_{k-1}e_k\rangle^{1/2}}, \qquad Y_k := Y_{k-1} - v_kv_k^TS_{k-1},vk​:=⟨Yk−1​ek​,Sk−1​ek​⟩1/2Yk−1​ek​​,Yk​:=Yk−1​−vk​vkT​Sk−1​, uk:=Sk−1ek⟨Yk−1ek,Sk−1ek⟩1/2,Sk:=Sk−1−ukukTYk−1.u_k := \frac{S_{k-1}e_k}{\langle Y_{k-1}e_k, S_{k-1}e_k\rangle^{1/2}}, \qquad S_k := S_{k-1} - u_ku_k^TY_{k-1}.uk​:=⟨Yk−1​ek​,Sk−1​ek​⟩1/2Sk−1​ek​​,Sk​:=Sk−1​−uk​ukT​Yk−1​.

Both updates of step kkk use the previous pair (Yk−1,Sk−1)(Y_{k-1}, S_{k-1})(Yk−1​,Sk−1​). Collect the vectors into V:=(v1⋯vp)V := (v_1 \cdots v_p)V:=(v1​⋯vp​) and U:=(u1⋯up)∈Rn×pU := (u_1 \cdots u_p) \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times p}U:=(u1​⋯up​)∈Rn×p.

The proof uses two more objects. The first is the p×pp\times pp×p matrix

L:=(Y0TS0e1⟨Y0e1,S0e1⟩1/2,⋯ ,Yp−1TSp−1ep⟨Yp−1ep,Sp−1ep⟩1/2).L := \left(\frac{Y_0^TS_0e_1}{\langle Y_0e_1, S_0e_1\rangle^{1/2}}, \cdots, \frac{Y_{p-1}^TS_{p-1}e_p}{\langle Y_{p-1}e_p, S_{p-1}e_p\rangle^{1/2}}\right).L:=(⟨Y0​e1​,S0​e1​⟩1/2Y0T​S0​e1​​,⋯,⟨Yp−1​ep​,Sp−1​ep​⟩1/2Yp−1T​Sp−1​ep​​).

The second is Ψk\Psi_kΨk​, the principal submatrix formed by the last p−kp-kp−k rows and columns of YkTSkY_k^TS_kYkT​Sk​. In Lean these are ExpConeIPM.Secant.Ys, Ss, d, V, U, L and Ψ, all in one definition item.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (pp. 357–358)

Y0(Y0TS0)−1Y0T=VVT,S0(Y0TS0)−1S0T=UUT.Y_0(Y_0^TS_0)^{-1}Y_0^T = VV^T, \qquad S_0(Y_0^TS_0)^{-1}S_0^T = UU^T .Y0​(Y0T​S0​)−1Y0T​=VVT,S0​(Y0T​S0​)−1S0T​=UUT.

Milestones (the steps of the proof, pp. 358–359)

  1. (27). For k=1,…,pk = 1, \dots, pk=1,…,p,
YkTSk=Yk−1TSk−1−(Yk−1TSk−1ek)(Yk−1TSk−1ek)T⟨Yk−1ek,Sk−1ek⟩.Y_k^TS_k = Y_{k-1}^TS_{k-1} - \frac{(Y_{k-1}^TS_{k-1}e_k)(Y_{k-1}^TS_{k-1}e_k)^T}{\langle Y_{k-1}e_k, S_{k-1}e_k\rangle}.YkT​Sk​=Yk−1T​Sk−1​−⟨Yk−1​ek​,Sk−1​ek​⟩(Yk−1T​Sk−1​ek​)(Yk−1T​Sk−1​ek​)T​.
  1. Well-definedness. For k=0,…,p−1k = 0, \dots, p-1k=0,…,p−1, Ψk≻0\Psi_k \succ 0Ψk​≻0, and in particular ⟨Ykek+1,Skek+1⟩>0\langle Y_ke_{k+1}, S_ke_{k+1}\rangle > 0⟨Yk​ek+1​,Sk​ek+1​⟩>0.
  2. Sparsity. Yjek=Sjek=0Y_je_k = S_je_k = 0Yj​ek​=Sj​ek​=0 for 1≤k≤j≤p1 \le k \le j \le p1≤k≤j≤p.
  3. Cholesky factorization (28). LLT=Y0TS0LL^T = Y_0^TS_0LLT=Y0T​S0​.
  4. The VVV-identity. LVT=Y0TLV^T = Y_0^TLVT=Y0T​.

The first identity of the goal follows from milestones 4 and 5. The paper says the second "follows similarly". The analogous identity LUT=S0TLU^T = S_0^TLUT=S0T​ is not displayed in the paper, so it is not a milestone.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 expresses the multiple-secant part of the BFGS update (23), and of its inverse, as a sum of ppp rank-one terms vkvkTv_kv_k^Tvk​vkT​ and ukukTu_ku_k^Tuk​ukT​. Each term comes from a recursion that touches one column at a time. On pp. 359–360 Dahl and Andersen apply it twice with p=2p = 2p=2. This gives the BFGS scaling of their exponential-cone algorithm as an explicit rank-3 update of μF′′(x)\mu F''(x)μF′′(x), which is how the algorithm implemented in MOSEK computes its scaling matrices (§6, p. 361 of the paper). The argument is a Cholesky factorization of Y0TS0Y_0^TS_0Y0T​S0​ carried out implicitly on the factors Y0Y_0Y0​ and S0S_0S0​.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper, in under a page. Its proof leaves two steps implicit. The first is that the symmetry of every YkTSkY_k^TS_kYkT​Sk​, which (27) and the step to LVT=Y0TLV^T = Y_0^TLVT=Y0T​ use, propagates from Y0TS0Y_0^TS_0Y0T​S0​. The second is the second identity, which the paper does not prove. A machine-checked proof records both. To our knowledge no proof assistant has a formal treatment of multiple-secant updates. The recursion also gives a reusable statement: a column-by-column Schur-complement process on a product YTSY^TSYTS produces its Cholesky factor.

Difficulty

The obvious route expands VVTVV^TVVT directly and compares it with Y0(Y0TS0)−1Y0TY_0(Y_0^TS_0)^{-1}Y_0^TY0​(Y0T​S0​)−1Y0T​. This leads nowhere, because vkv_kvk​ depends on all earlier steps through Yk−1Y_{k-1}Yk−1​ and Sk−1S_{k-1}Sk−1​. The step that carries the proof is an invariant over the recursion. The trailing blocks Ψk\Psi_kΨk​ of YkTSkY_k^TS_kYkT​Sk​ must stay symmetric positive definite, and the leading columns of YkY_kYk​ and SkS_kSk​ must stay zero. Both must be maintained together through a pair of coupled updates, in which SkS_kSk​ is updated with the old Yk−1Y_{k-1}Yk−1​. A second difficulty is bookkeeping: the paper's 1-based columns, the step count kkk, and the trailing block of size p−kp-kp−k shift relative to each other.

The hypothesis needs care. If Y0TS0Y_0^TS_0Y0T​S0​ is only assumed to satisfy xTY0TS0x>0x^TY_0^TS_0x > 0xTY0T​S0​x>0 for x≠0x \ne 0x=0, without symmetry, the identities are false in general. A 5×35\times 35×3 instance whose symmetric part is positive definite, with a small antisymmetric part, violates the first identity by 0.440.440.44 in the largest entry.

Formalization scope

Everything is real matrix algebra over Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ, with arbitrary n,pn, pn,p (including p=0p = 0p=0, where both sides are zero). The formalization commits to the following conventions.

  • Y0TS0≻0Y_0^TS_0 \succ 0Y0T​S0​≻0 is Matrix.PosDef, which includes symmetry. The inverse is Matrix.inv. It is a genuine inverse under this hypothesis.
  • Columns are 0-based. Column j : Fin p is the paper's ej+1e_{j+1}ej+1​. Ys Y₀ S₀ k and Ss Y₀ S₀ k are YkY_kYk​ and SkS_kSk​ after kkk steps, and they are left unchanged after step ppp. d Y₀ S₀ j is ⟨Yjej+1,Sjej+1⟩\langle Y_je_{j+1}, S_je_{j+1}\rangle⟨Yj​ej+1​,Sj​ej+1​⟩.
  • The square root is Real.sqrt. The division by it is multiplication by an inverse. Both return junk values on non-positive arguments, which never occur under the hypothesis; milestone 2 states this.
  • VVV, UUU and LLL are computed from the recursion (25)–(26). They are never chosen as some factorization satisfying the conclusion. The trivializing formalization, which defines VVV as any factor of Y0(Y0TS0)−1Y0TY_0(Y_0^TS_0)^{-1}Y_0^TY0​(Y0T​S0​)−1Y0T​, is ruled out by construction.
  • Each milestone carries the theorem's hypothesis Y0TS0≻0Y_0^TS_0 \succ 0Y0T​S0​≻0. No hypothesis on the intermediate YkTSkY_k^TS_kYkT​Sk​ is assumed, since its symmetry is part of what must be proved.

No repair of the printed statements was needed. On p. 359 two misprints are not copied: ⟨Yp−1Tep,Sp−1ep⟩\langle Y_{p-1}^Te_p, S_{p-1}e_p\rangle⟨Yp−1T​ep​,Sp−1​ep​⟩ for ⟨Yp−1ep,Sp−1ep⟩\langle Y_{p-1}e_p, S_{p-1}e_p\rangle⟨Yp−1​ep​,Sp−1​ep​⟩, and SiTYiS_i^TY_iSiT​Yi​ for YiTSiY_i^TS_iYiT​Si​. The definition of LLL uses YiTSiY_i^TS_iYiT​Si​.

A complete development needs rank-one updates of products, Schur complements of a positive definite matrix in its leading entry, and inverses of LLTLL^TLLT for an invertible LLL. Schnabel's existence theorem (Theorem 1 of the paper) and the applications on pp. 359–360 are outside the mission. A general lemma on Schur-complement recursions producing Cholesky factors would be reusable on its own. Contributions on the U-side identity LUT=S0TLU^T = S_0^TLUT=S0T​ are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Dahl, E. D. Andersen, A primal-dual interior-point algorithm for nonsymmetric exponential-cone optimization, Math. Program. 194:341–370, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01631-4
  • R. B. Schnabel, Quasi-Newton methods using multiple secant equations, Technical Report, University of Colorado at Boulder, 1983 (no stable online link known; cited as [25] in Dahl–Andersen).
  • L. Tunçel, Generalization of primal-dual interior-point methods to convex optimization problems in conic form, Found. Comput. Math. 1:229–254, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/s102080010008
  • T. Myklebust, L. Tunçel, Interior-point algorithms for convex optimization based on primal-dual metrics, arXiv:1411.2129, 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1411.2129
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization 2: Normalized Exponentiated Gradient Has Regret at Most log(d)/η + η Σₜ Σᵢ wₜ[i]zₜ[i]² When ηzₜ[i] ≥ −1Research Paper

Motivation

Learning with expert advice and online linear optimization over the probability simplex are the basic models behind boosting, multiplicative-weights methods for linear programming and zero-sum games, and adversarial bandit algorithms. The algorithm that solves them, under the names Weighted Majority, Hedge and Exponentiated Gradient (EG), keeps a probability vector over ddd coordinates and multiplies each weight by e−ηzt[i]e^{-\eta z_t[i]}e−ηzt​[i] after observing the loss vector ztz_tzt​.

  • Littlestone and Warmuth (1994) introduced Weighted Majority for predicting with expert advice (doi:10.1006/inco.1994.1009).
  • Freund and Schapire (1997) analysed the same update as Hedge, for losses in [0,1][0,1][0,1] (doi:10.1006/jcss.1997.1504).
  • Kivinen and Warmuth (1997) introduced Exponentiated Gradient as an online algorithm for linear prediction (doi:10.1006/inco.1996.2612).
  • Beck and Teboulle (2003) identified the update as mirror descent with the entropy on the simplex (doi:10.1016/S0167-6377(02)00231-6).
  • Shalev-Shwartz's survey (2011/2012) derives it as Online Mirror Descent with a normalized-entropy regularizer and proves, by Fenchel duality, a regret bound in which each round contributes a local norm of the loss vector instead of its sup norm (doi:10.1561/2200000018, §2.8).

The local-norm form is the one needed when loss vectors are large on coordinates of small weight, which is the situation of importance-weighted loss estimates in adversarial bandits.

Setting

Fix a dimension d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 and a learning rate η>0\eta > 0η>0. In round t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,… the learner plays a vector wtw_twt​ in the probability simplex S={w∈Rd:w≥0, ∑iw[i]=1}S = \{w \in \mathbb R^d : w \ge 0,\ \sum_i w[i] = 1\}S={w∈Rd:w≥0, ∑i​w[i]=1}, then observes a loss vector zt∈Rdz_t \in \mathbb R^dzt​∈Rd and suffers the linear loss ⟨wt,zt⟩\langle w_t, z_t\rangle⟨wt​,zt​⟩. Write z1:t=z1+⋯+ztz_{1:t} = z_1 + \dots + z_tz1:t​=z1​+⋯+zt​.

Normalized EG starts from w1=(1/d,…,1/d)w_1 = (1/d, \dots, 1/d)w1​=(1/d,…,1/d) and updates

wt+1[i]=wt[i] e−ηzt[i]∑jwt[j] e−ηzt[j],equivalentlywt[i]=e−ηz1:t−1[i]∑je−ηz1:t−1[j].w_{t+1}[i] = \frac{w_t[i]\, e^{-\eta z_t[i]}}{\sum_j w_t[j]\, e^{-\eta z_t[j]}}, \qquad\text{equivalently}\qquad w_t[i] = \frac{e^{-\eta z_{1:t-1}[i]}}{\sum_j e^{-\eta z_{1:t-1}[j]}} .wt+1​[i]=∑j​wt​[j]e−ηzt​[j]wt​[i]e−ηzt​[i]​,equivalentlywt​[i]=∑j​e−ηz1:t−1​[j]e−ηz1:t−1​[i]​.

Its regret against a comparator u∈Su \in Su∈S after TTT rounds is ∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩\sum_{t=1}^T \langle w_t - u, z_t\rangle∑t=1T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩.

The analysis is phrased for general Online Mirror Descent (OMD): given a link function ggg, predict wt=g(−z1:t−1)w_t = g(-z_{1:t-1})wt​=g(−z1:t−1​). For a regularizer RRR on a set SSS (equal to +∞+\infty+∞ off SSS), the Fenchel conjugate is R⋆(θ)=sup⁡w∈S(⟨w,θ⟩−R(w))R^\star(\theta) = \sup_{w\in S} (\langle w,\theta\rangle - R(w))R⋆(θ)=supw∈S​(⟨w,θ⟩−R(w)), and the Bregman divergence of a differentiable FFF is DF(a ∥ b)=F(a)−F(b)−⟨∇F(b),a−b⟩D_F(a\,\|\,b) = F(a) - F(b) - \langle \nabla F(b), a - b\rangleDF​(a∥b)=F(a)−F(b)−⟨∇F(b),a−b⟩. Normalized EG is OMD with g=∇R⋆g = \nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆ for the normalized entropy R(w)=1η∑iw[i]log⁡w[i]R(w) = \frac1\eta\sum_i w[i]\log w[i]R(w)=η1​∑i​w[i]logw[i] on SSS, whose conjugate is R⋆(θ)=1ηlog⁡∑ieηθ[i]R^\star(\theta) = \frac1\eta\log\sum_i e^{\eta\theta[i]}R⋆(θ)=η1​log∑i​eηθ[i] and whose gradient is the softmax.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.22 (p. 153)

If ηzt[i]≥−1\eta z_t[i] \ge -1ηzt​[i]≥−1 for all ttt and iii, then for every TTT and every u∈Su \in Su∈S,

∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤log⁡dη+η∑t=1T∑i=1dwt[i] zt[i]2.\sum_{t=1}^T \langle w_t - u, z_t\rangle \le \frac{\log d}{\eta} + \eta \sum_{t=1}^T \sum_{i=1}^d w_t[i]\, z_t[i]^2 .t=1∑T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤ηlogd​+ηt=1∑T​i=1∑d​wt​[i]zt​[i]2.

The comparator is unquantified on the page; it ranges over the simplex SSS, the competing set of the normalized-entropy regularizer. The bound fails for uuu outside SSS.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Lemma 2.20 (p. 150). OMD with link g=∇R⋆g = \nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆ satisfies, for every u∈Su \in Su∈S,
∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤R(u)−R(w1)+∑t=1TDR⋆(−z1:t ∥ −z1:t−1),\sum_{t=1}^T \langle w_t - u, z_t\rangle \le R(u) - R(w_1) + \sum_{t=1}^T D_{R^\star}(-z_{1:t}\,\|\,-z_{1:t-1}),t=1∑T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤R(u)−R(w1​)+t=1∑T​DR⋆​(−z1:t​∥−z1:t−1​),

with equality for a minimizer of R(u)+∑t⟨u,zt⟩R(u) + \sum_t\langle u, z_t\rangleR(u)+∑t​⟨u,zt​⟩ over SSS. 2. (2.16)–(2.18) (p. 153). For R⋆(θ)=1ηlog⁡∑ieηθ[i]R^\star(\theta) = \frac1\eta\log\sum_i e^{\eta\theta[i]}R⋆(θ)=η1​log∑i​eηθ[i], the gradient is the softmax, wt=∇R⋆(−z1:t−1)w_t = \nabla R^\star(-z_{1:t-1})wt​=∇R⋆(−z1:t−1​), and

DR⋆(−z1:t ∥ −z1:t−1)=1ηlog⁡(∑iwt[i] e−ηzt[i])+⟨wt,zt⟩.D_{R^\star}(-z_{1:t}\,\|\,-z_{1:t-1}) = \frac1\eta \log\Big(\sum_i w_t[i]\, e^{-\eta z_t[i]}\Big) + \langle w_t, z_t\rangle .DR⋆​(−z1:t​∥−z1:t−1​)=η1​log(i∑​wt​[i]e−ηzt​[i])+⟨wt​,zt​⟩.
  1. The per-round bound (pp. 153–154). If ηzt[i]≥−1\eta z_t[i] \ge -1ηzt​[i]≥−1 for every iii, then DR⋆(−z1:t ∥ −z1:t−1)≤η∑iwt[i] zt[i]2D_{R^\star}(-z_{1:t}\,\|\,-z_{1:t-1}) \le \eta\sum_i w_t[i]\, z_t[i]^2DR⋆​(−z1:t​∥−z1:t−1​)≤η∑i​wt​[i]zt​[i]2.

Significance

The result. Since ∑iwt[i]zt[i]2≤∥zt∥∞2\sum_i w_t[i] z_t[i]^2 \le \|z_t\|_\infty^2∑i​wt​[i]zt​[i]2≤∥zt​∥∞2​, Theorem 2.22 improves the standard bound log⁡(d)/η+η∑t∥zt∥∞2\log(d)/\eta + \eta\sum_t\|z_t\|_\infty^2log(d)/η+η∑t​∥zt​∥∞2​ of normalized EG. The improvement matters when a coordinate with tiny weight carries a huge loss: the local norm weights that loss by its probability. This is what gives the O(dTlog⁡d)O(\sqrt{dT\log d})O(dTlogd​) regret of Exp3-type bandit algorithms, whose loss estimates are of order 1/wt[i]1/w_t[i]1/wt​[i]. The theorem allows negative losses down to −1/η-1/\eta−1/η, so it also applies to gains and to centred or shifted losses.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the survey; no machine-checked proof of it is known. The platform has a proved Hedge bound for non-negative losses compared with a single expert (Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, Theorem 1.5). It does not imply Theorem 2.22: the latter allows negative losses, and its local-norm term is not invariant under shifting ztz_tzt​ by a constant vector, so the shift that reduces signed losses to non-negative ones changes the bound. Lemma 2.20 is a general duality identity for OMD and is reusable for every OMD instance (Euclidean, ppp-norm, unnormalized entropy).

Difficulty

The obvious argument for Hedge tracks the potential log⁡∑ie−ηz1:t[i]\log\sum_i e^{-\eta z_{1:t}[i]}log∑i​e−ηz1:t​[i] and bounds the one-step increase using e−a≤1−a+a2/2e^{-a} \le 1 - a + a^2/2e−a≤1−a+a2/2 for a≥0a \ge 0a≥0. With negative losses that inequality fails. The weaker form e−a≤1−a+a2e^{-a} \le 1 - a + a^2e−a≤1−a+a2 is valid only for a≥−1a \ge -1a≥−1, which is where the hypothesis ηzt[i]≥−1\eta z_t[i] \ge -1ηzt​[i]≥−1 comes from. The bound is also stated against the whole simplex, not against single experts, so the potential argument has to be combined with an entropy bound for a general comparator.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin d → ℝ, with 0 < d and 0 < η. Rounds are numbered from 000 in Lean, so index ttt is the paper's round t+1t+1t+1 and sums over rounds run over Finset.range T.
  • The algorithm is the published definition UnderstandingML.wmWeights η z t (reference item UnderstandingML_Online), which is exactly the closed form of normalized EG for arbitrary real loss vectors; wmWeights η z 0 is the uniform vector w1w_1w1​.
  • The comparator in the goal ranges over the probability simplex (0 ≤ u i, ∑ i, u i = 1). A statement over all u∈Rdu \in \mathbb R^du∈Rd is false, and a statement over vertices only would be the weaker expert bound; both are ruled out.
  • log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm; all its arguments in the statements are positive.
  • Lemma 2.20 is stated on a real Hilbert space EEE with a real-valued RRR and a set SSS. "g=∇R⋆g = \nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆" is three hypotheses: ggg maps into SSS, g(θ)g(\theta)g(θ) attains the supremum defining R⋆(θ)R^\star(\theta)R⋆(θ), and R⋆R^\starR⋆ has gradient g(θ)g(\theta)g(θ) at θ\thetaθ. Differentiability of R⋆R^\starR⋆ is the paper's consequence of Lemma 2.19, which is cited to the literature and is assumed here. These hypotheses are satisfiable; a sorry-free check on E=RE = \mathbb RE=R with R(w)=w2/2R(w) = w^2/2R(w)=w2/2 accompanies the draft.
  • The Bregman divergence of the log-sum-exp conjugate on Rd\mathbb R^dRd is written with explicit coordinate sums, and its gradient is stated as a Fréchet derivative, because Fin d → ℝ carries the sup norm in Mathlib.
  • The theorem has no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅); all constants are the paper's.
  • Not included: Theorem 2.15 and Corollary 2.16 (the ∥zt∥∞2\|z_t\|_\infty^2∥zt​∥∞2​ bound via strong convexity), Theorem 2.21 (which rests on Lemma 2.19), Theorem 2.23 (unnormalized EG, in the Winnow mission of this series), Theorem 3.1 and Corollary 4.2.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the three milestones and of the goal, and general Mathlib-style lemmas on the gradient of log-sum-exp and on the Fenchel–Young inequality for conjugates defined as suprema over a set.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2), 107–194, 2011 (© 2012). doi:10.1561/2200000018
  • J. Kivinen and M. K. Warmuth, Exponentiated gradient versus gradient descent for linear predictors, Information and Computation 132(1), 1–63, 1997. doi:10.1006/inco.1996.2612
  • Y. Freund and R. E. Schapire, A decision-theoretic generalization of on-line learning and an application to boosting, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 55(1), 119–139, 1997. doi:10.1006/jcss.1997.1504
  • N. Littlestone and M. K. Warmuth, The weighted majority algorithm, Information and Computation 108(2), 212–261, 1994. doi:10.1006/inco.1994.1009
  • A. Beck and M. Teboulle, Mirror descent and nonlinear projected subgradient methods for convex optimization, Operations Research Letters 31(3), 167–175, 2003. doi:10.1016/S0167-6377(02)00231-6
  • E. Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2022. arXiv:1909.05207
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization 1: Follow-the-Regularized-Leader with a σ-Strongly-Convex Regularizer Has Regret at Most R(u) − min R + TL²/σResearch Paper

Motivation

Online convex optimization is a repeated game between a learner and an environment. In each round the learner commits to a vector, the environment then reveals a convex loss function, and the learner pays the loss of its vector. No statistical assumption is made about how the losses are generated; they may be chosen adversarially. Performance is measured against the best fixed vector in hindsight. This model underlies online prediction with expert advice, online regression and classification, portfolio selection, and the analysis of stochastic gradient methods through online-to-batch conversion.

Shai Shalev-Shwartz's survey Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2011/2012) organizes most first-order online algorithms around a single template, Follow-the-Regularized-Leader (FoReL), and derives their regret bounds from one theorem: Theorem 2.11 (p. 138). Online gradient descent, the experts algorithm with exponential weights, and the bounds of Sections 2.6–2.8 of the survey are instances of it. This mission formalizes that theorem and the lemmas its proof rests on.

Timeline. Follow-the-Leader goes back to Hannan (1957) and the "be the leader" argument appears in Kalai and Vempala (2005). Regularized variants and their analysis via strong convexity were developed by Shalev-Shwartz and Singer (2007) and by Abernethy, Hazan and Rakhlin (2008); the survey (2011) presents the strong-convexity analysis in the form formalized here.

Setting

Let EEE be a real normed space with norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and S⊆ES \subseteq ES⊆E a set of admissible predictions. Rounds are numbered t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,…. In round ttt the learner predicts wt∈Sw_t \in Swt​∈S, receives a loss function ft:S→Rf_t : S \to \mathbb Rft​:S→R, and suffers ft(wt)f_t(w_t)ft​(wt​). The regret after TTT rounds with respect to a competing vector u∈Su \in Su∈S is (eq. (2.1))

RegretT(u)=∑t=1Tft(wt)−∑t=1Tft(u).\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) = \sum_{t=1}^{T} f_t(w_t) - \sum_{t=1}^{T} f_t(u).RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​ft​(wt​)−t=1∑T​ft​(u).

Given a regularization function R:S→RR : S \to \mathbb RR:S→R, Follow-the-Regularized-Leader predicts

wt∈argmin⁡w∈S(∑i=1t−1fi(w)+R(w)),t≥1,w_t \in \operatorname*{argmin}_{w \in S} \Big( \sum_{i=1}^{t-1} f_i(w) + R(w) \Big), \qquad t \ge 1,wt​∈w∈Sargmin​(i=1∑t−1​fi​(w)+R(w)),t≥1,

with ties broken arbitrarily; in particular w1w_1w1​ minimizes RRR over SSS. With R=0R = 0R=0 this is Follow-the-Leader (FTL).

A function fff is LLL-Lipschitz over SSS if ∣f(u)−f(v)∣≤L∥u−v∥|f(u) - f(v)| \le L\|u - v\|∣f(u)−f(v)∣≤L∥u−v∥ for all u,v∈Su, v \in Su,v∈S. A function RRR is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over a convex set SSS if, for all x,y∈Sx, y \in Sx,y∈S and a,b≥0a, b \ge 0a,b≥0 with a+b=1a + b = 1a+b=1,

R(ax+by)≤aR(x)+bR(y)−ab σ2∥x−y∥2.R(a x + b y) \le a R(x) + b R(y) - a b\, \frac{\sigma}{2} \|x - y\|^2 .R(ax+by)≤aR(x)+bR(y)−ab2σ​∥x−y∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.11

Let f1,…,fTf_1, \dots, f_Tf1​,…,fT​ be convex on SSS, with ftf_tft​ LtL_tLt​-Lipschitz over SSS, and let 1T∑t=1TLt2≤L2\frac1T \sum_{t=1}^T L_t^2 \le L^2T1​∑t=1T​Lt2​≤L2. If FoReL is run with a regularizer RRR that is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over SSS (σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0) with respect to the same norm, then for all u∈Su \in Su∈S

RegretT(u)≤R(u)−min⁡v∈SR(v)+TL2σ.\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) \le R(u) - \min_{v \in S} R(v) + \frac{T L^2}{\sigma}.RegretT​(u)≤R(u)−v∈Smin​R(v)+σTL2​.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 2.1 (p. 125). FTL satisfies RegretT(u)≤∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(wt+1))\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) \le \sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1}))RegretT​(u)≤∑t=1T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)). Already proved on the platform as LogRegretOCO.FTAL.ftl_be_the_leader and referenced here.
  2. Lemma 2.3 (p. 128). For arbitrary ftf_tft​ and RRR, FoReL satisfies
∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(u))≤R(u)−R(w1)+∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)).\sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(u)) \le R(u) - R(w_1) + \sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1})).t=1∑T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(u))≤R(u)−R(w1​)+t=1∑T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)).
  1. Lemma 2.8 (p. 135). If fff is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over SSS and www minimizes fff over SSS, then f(u)−f(w)≥σ2∥u−w∥2f(u) - f(w) \ge \frac{\sigma}{2}\|u - w\|^2f(u)−f(w)≥2σ​∥u−w∥2 for all u∈Su \in Su∈S.
  2. Equation (2.7) (p. 138). Under the hypotheses of Lemma 2.10 without Lipschitzness, σ∥wt−wt+1∥2≤ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)\sigma\|w_t - w_{t+1}\|^2 \le f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1})σ∥wt​−wt+1​∥2≤ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​).
  3. Lemma 2.10 (p. 137). If ftf_tft​ is LtL_tLt​-Lipschitz, then ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)≤Lt∥wt−wt+1∥≤Lt2/σf_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1}) \le L_t\|w_t - w_{t+1}\| \le L_t^2/\sigmaft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)≤Lt​∥wt​−wt+1​∥≤Lt2​/σ.

Significance

Theorem 2.11 is the result from which the survey's concrete regret bounds are read off. With the Euclidean regularizer R(w)=12η∥w∥22R(w) = \frac{1}{2\eta}\|w\|_2^2R(w)=2η1​∥w∥22​ it gives the bound 12η∥u∥22+ηTL2\frac{1}{2\eta}\|u\|_2^2 + \eta T L^22η1​∥u∥22​+ηTL2 of online gradient descent (Corollary 2.12), hence O(T)O(\sqrt T)O(T​) regret after tuning η\etaη; with the entropic regularizer over the probability simplex and the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm it gives the 2log⁡(d) T\sqrt{2 \log(d)\, T}2log(d)T​-type bounds for prediction with expert advice (Corollaries 2.13–2.14). Through online-to-batch conversion such regret bounds become excess-risk bounds for stochastic optimization.

The survey's proofs are complete, so the formalization adds no new mathematics; it produces machine-checked versions of the FoReL regret theorem, of the stability lemma, and of the quadratic-growth property of strongly convex functions over a general normed space and a general convex constraint set. To our knowledge none of these is in Mathlib. The platform already has the FTL lemma over Rn\mathbb R^nRn (proved) and the special case of Lemma 2.8 with S=ES = ES=E and the Euclidean norm (UnderstandingML.strongly_convex_lemma, part 3); the general statements are new here.

Difficulty

Lemma 2.3 and Lemma 2.1 use different round indexings (FoReL's regularizer plays the role of a round-zero loss), so Lemma 2.1 cannot be applied verbatim. The main obstacle is Lemma 2.8 on a constrained set without differentiability: the obvious argument sets the gradient at the minimizer to zero, which is unavailable when RRR is not differentiable or the minimizer lies on the boundary of SSS. A second point is that the strong convexity of ∑i<tfi+R\sum_{i<t} f_i + R∑i<t​fi​+R must be derived from the convexity of the fif_ifi​ on SSS, not on all of EEE, and from the strong convexity of RRR on SSS.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in the Lean statements:

  • The carrier is an arbitrary real normed space E (NormedAddCommGroup E, NormedSpace ℝ E); no inner product is assumed. Every norm on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, including ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ as used in Corollary 2.14, is an instance. The Lipschitz and the strong-convexity hypotheses use the one norm of E, as the theorem requires ("the same norm").
  • Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn S σ R, the modulus σ2r2\frac{\sigma}{2}r^22σ​r2 form above. The survey's Definition 2.4 is stated with subgradients and a pairing ⟨z,u−w⟩\langle z, u - w\rangle⟨z,u−w⟩; the two agree for convex functions that have subgradients on SSS, and the Mathlib form needs neither a dual space nor subgradients. With this choice Lemma 2.8 is a genuine lemma, not an unfolding of the definition.
  • Losses and regularizer are real-valued functions on E, of which only the values on S matter; convexity is ConvexOn ℝ S. The survey's convention R=∞R = \inftyR=∞ outside SSS is the constraint wt∈Sw_t \in Swt​∈S.
  • Rounds are 1-based; w 0 and f 0 are unused. A FoReL run is a predicate on the whole trajectory (IsFoReLRun), so every tie-breaking rule gives a run, and no argmin is chosen.
  • Convexity and Lipschitzness are assumed for the rounds 1,…,T1, \dots, T1,…,T (Theorem 2.11) or 1,…,t1, \dots, t1,…,t (Lemma 2.10, (2.7)), not for all rounds.
  • min⁡v∈SR(v)\min_{v \in S} R(v)minv∈S​R(v) is written sInf (R '' S). It is attained at w1w_1w1​ whenever a run exists, so it is the true minimum, not a default value. The hypothesis T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 is present only because of the factor 1/T1/T1/T.
  • No O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) appears in any statement of this mission; every bound is the explicit one on the page.
  • Erratum: the proof of Lemma 2.10 ends with "∥wt−wt+1∥≤L/σ\|w_t - w_{t+1}\| \le L/\sigma∥wt​−wt+1​∥≤L/σ", a misprint for Lt/σL_t/\sigmaLt​/σ. The lemma's statement is correct and is formalized as printed, with both inequalities of the chain.

A trivializing formalization would make the run predicate unsatisfiable, so that Theorem 2.11 holds vacuously; the drafted predicate is satisfied by online gradient descent with R(w)=12ηw2R(w) = \frac{1}{2\eta}w^2R(w)=2η1​w2 on R\mathbb RR (Example 2.3), and that regularizer is (1/η)(1/\eta)(1/η)-strongly convex, so the hypotheses of the goal are jointly satisfiable.

Out of scope, and welcome as follow-up work: the derived bounds (Corollaries 2.12–2.14), Theorem 2.15 (which needs dual norms), Lemma 2.9, Corollary 2.2 and the doubling trick. Contributions of general lemmas — strong convexity of a convex plus strongly convex function on a set, quadratic growth at a constrained minimizer — are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2) (2011) 107–194. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000018
  • J. Hannan, Approximation to Bayes risk in repeated play, Contributions to the Theory of Games III, Annals of Mathematics Studies 39 (1957) 97–139. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400882151-006
  • A. Kalai, S. Vempala, Efficient algorithms for online decision problems, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 71(3) (2005) 291–307. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Y. Singer, A primal-dual perspective of online learning algorithms, Machine Learning 69 (2007) 115–142. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5014-x
  • J. Abernethy, E. Hazan, A. Rakhlin, Competing in the dark: an efficient algorithm for bandit linear optimization, COLT 2008. https://www.learningtheory.org/colt2008/papers/123-Abernethy.pdf
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69 (2007) 169–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 2: For F Smooth at the Optimum, SGD's Last and Averaged Iterates Attain 2µG²/(λ²T) and 16µG²/(λ²T)Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the standard method for minimizing an expected loss F(w)=Ez[ℓ(w,z)]F(w) = \mathbb E_z[\ell(w, z)]F(w)=Ez​[ℓ(w,z)] when only noisy gradients are available: in machine learning, www is a predictor, zzz a random example, and each step uses the gradient of the loss on one fresh example. When FFF is strongly convex, as for regularized learning problems such as the SVM, the minimax-optimal error after TTT oracle calls is of order 1/T1/T1/T. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647, ICML 2012) asked whether plain SGD attains this rate, or whether the O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) bound known for averaged SGD is the truth.

Their §3 settles the case where FFF is in addition smooth at its minimizer: both the last iterate and the average of all iterates attain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), with explicit constants. This mission formalizes that section.

Timeline of the relevant bounds:

  • 2007–2009. Hazan, Agarwal and Kale (doi:10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8) show O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) regret for online gradient descent on strongly convex losses, which by online-to-batch conversion gives O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) for the averaged SGD iterate.
  • 2009. Nemirovski, Juditsky, Lan and Shapiro (doi:10.1137/070704277) give an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bound for the last iterate when FFF is strongly convex and smooth.
  • 2011. Hazan and Kale (arXiv:1006.2425) obtain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) for strongly convex, possibly non-smooth FFF with a modified algorithm.
  • 2012. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan prove the O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bounds of this mission for SGD under smoothness at the optimum only, show the log⁡T\log TlogT is real for averaged SGD on non-smooth problems, and recover O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) with suffix averaging.

Setting

Let W⊆RdW \subseteq \mathbb R^dW⊆Rd be a closed convex set containing 000, let F:Rd→RF : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb RF:Rd→R, and let DDD be a probability distribution on a measurable space Z\mathcal ZZ.

  • FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex on WWW, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0: for all w,w′∈Ww, w' \in Ww,w′∈W and every subgradient ggg of FFF at www, F(w′)≥F(w)+⟨g,w′−w⟩+λ2∥w′−w∥2F(w') \ge F(w) + \langle g, w' - w\rangle + \frac{\lambda}{2}\|w' - w\|^2F(w′)≥F(w)+⟨g,w′−w⟩+2λ​∥w′−w∥2 (equation (1)).
  • FFF attains its minimum over WWW at w∗∈Ww^* \in Ww∗∈W.
  • A stochastic subgradient oracle is a measurable map g:Rd×Z→Rdg : \mathbb R^d \times \mathcal Z \to \mathbb R^dg:Rd×Z→Rd such that, for every w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, the mean Ez∼D[g(w,z)]\mathbb E_{z \sim D}[g(w, z)]Ez∼D​[g(w,z)] is a subgradient of FFF at www relative to WWW, and Ez∼D∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E_{z\sim D}\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le G^2Ez∼D​∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2.
  • FFF is μ\muμ-smooth with respect to w∗w^*w∗ if
F(w)−F(w∗)≤μ2∥w−w∗∥2for all w∈W.(2)F(w) - F(w^*) \le \frac{\mu}{2}\|w - w^*\|^2 \qquad \text{for all } w \in W. \tag{2}F(w)−F(w∗)≤2μ​∥w−w∗∥2for all w∈W.(2)

Projected SGD with step sizes ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t = 1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) starts at w1=0w_1 = 0w1​=0, draws z1,z2,⋯∼Dz_1, z_2, \dots \sim Dz1​,z2​,⋯∼D independently and sets

wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηt g(wt,zt)),w_{t+1} = \Pi_W\big(w_t - \eta_t\, g(w_t, z_t)\big),wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g(wt​,zt​)),

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. The averaged iterate is wˉT=(w1+⋯+wT)/T\bar w_T = (w_1 + \dots + w_T)/TwˉT​=(w1​+⋯+wT​)/T. In Lean the run is UnderstandingML.sgdStrongIterates lam W g S and the average UnderstandingML.sgdStrongAverage lam W g S, for a sample S : Fin T → Z drawn from UnderstandingML.iidLaw D T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (averaged iterate)

If FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex and μ\muμ-smooth with respect to w∗w^*w∗, then for every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1

E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)]≤16 μG2λ2T.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T) - F(w^*)\big] \le \frac{16\,\mu G^2}{\lambda^2 T}.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)]≤λ2T16μG2​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2. If E∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le G^2E∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2 at a point w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, then ∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2\|w - w^*\|^2 \le 4G^2/\lambda^2∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2.
  2. Lemma 1. For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, E∥wT−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2T)\mathbb E\|w_T - w^*\|^2 \le 4G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E∥wT​−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2T), without smoothness.
  3. Theorem 1 (last iterate). Under smoothness, E[F(wT)−F(w∗)]≤2μG2/(λ2T)\mathbb E[F(w_T) - F(w^*)] \le 2\mu G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E[F(wT​)−F(w∗)]≤2μG2/(λ2T).
  4. Averaged-iterate distance (App. B.3). For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, E∥wˉT−w∗∥2≤32G2/(λ2T)\mathbb E\|\bar w_T - w^*\|^2 \le 32G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E∥wˉT​−w∗∥2≤32G2/(λ2T), without smoothness.

The constants are the paper's. Theorem 1 is a companion of the goal rather than a step of its proof; both rest on Lemma 1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that the log⁡T\log TlogT factor in the standard bound for averaged SGD is not needed when FFF grows at most quadratically away from its minimizer. Condition (2) holds for logistic and least-squares regression and, in general, for linear predictors with losses that have Lipschitz-continuous gradients. Together with the paper's Theorem 4, which shows that the log⁡T\log TlogT factor is unavoidable for averaged SGD on some non-smooth problems, it locates where the extra logarithm comes from. Lemma 1 is the paper's key lemma: an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bound on the expected squared distance of the last iterate that needs no smoothness, and it is reused in the paper's suffix-averaging analysis.

Formalizing it. All results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. The platform has UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex (Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Theorem 14.11), the classical (ρ2/(2λT))(1+log⁡T)(\rho^2/(2\lambda T))(1 + \log T)(ρ2/(2λT))(1+logT) bound for the same averaged iterate without smoothness. This mission adds the O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bounds under (2), on the same SGD run, together with a reusable expected-distance bound for the projected iterates.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 2 is to apply smoothness to each iterate, use Lemma 1, and average: by Jensen, E[F(wˉT)]−F(w∗)≤1T∑t2μG2λ2t\mathbb E[F(\bar w_T)] - F(w^*) \le \frac{1}{T}\sum_t \frac{2\mu G^2}{\lambda^2 t}E[F(wˉT​)]−F(w∗)≤T1​∑t​λ2t2μG2​, which is of order log⁡T/T\log T/TlogT/T. Removing the logarithm requires controlling E∥wˉT−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|\bar w_T - w^*\|^2E∥wˉT​−w∗∥2 directly, where the iterates are dependent and the cross terms E⟨wˉt−w∗,wt+1−w∗⟩\mathbb E\langle \bar w_t - w^*, w_{t+1} - w^*\rangleE⟨wˉt​−w∗,wt+1​−w∗⟩ do not vanish. The resulting recursion is nonlinear in E∥wˉt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|\bar w_t - w^*\|^2E∥wˉt​−w∗∥2, and an induction with the constant 323232 fails at its first step unless the base case uses the sharper bound of Lemma 2. On the formal side, the expectations are over the product of TTT independent samples, and each one-step argument needs the independence of ztz_tzt​ from wtw_twt​ and the measurability of the projected iterates.

Formalization scope

  • Space. The paper's Hilbert space is specialized to Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm (UnderstandingML.Vec d).
  • Domain. Convex ℝ W, IsClosed W (so the projection exists; tacit in the paper) and 0 ∈ W (the paper's initialization).
  • Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn W lam F with 0 < lam. Combined with relative subgradients, it gives (1).
  • Oracle. OptimalSGD.Suffix.IsSubgradientOracleOn W F D g (the series' shared oracle predicate): for w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, g w is integrable and its mean is a subgradient of FFF at www relative to WWW. Measurable (Function.uncurry g) and a probability measure DDD are assumed. The second-moment bound holds at every w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, which is the paper's "regardless of how the iterates evolve".
  • Smoothness is (2) exactly (IsSmoothWrt W F μ wstar), with μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0. It is not a Lipschitz-gradient assumption, and FFF need not be differentiable.
  • Indexing. Iterates are indexed from 000. The paper's wTw_TwT​ is sgdStrongIterates lam W g S (T - 1), and wˉT\bar w_TwˉT​ averages indices 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1. Statements quantify over T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, including T=1T = 1T=1 (wˉ1=w1=0\bar w_1 = w_1 = 0wˉ1​=w1​=0).
  • Expectations. Bounds on ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|^2∥⋅∥2 use the lower Lebesgue integral. Bounds on FFF use the Bochner integral, and the integrability of F(wT)F(w_T)F(wT​) or F(wˉT)F(\bar w_T)F(wˉT​) is part of the conclusion.

A statement whose Bochner integral is not shown to be integrable would hold vacuously, because non-integrable functions integrate to 000; the integrability conjuncts rule this out. The run and the average are the published Understanding Machine Learning definitions, so the bounds here apply to the same object as UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex.

Needed infrastructure: measurability of the projected iterates in the sample, independence of ztz_tzt​ from wtw_twt​ under the product measure, conditional unbiasedness of the oracle along the run, non-expansiveness of the projection (available as UnderstandingML.projection_lemma), and an elementary induction on the scalar recursions. Contributions of these as standalone lemmas are welcome, and they are reusable for mission 1 of this series (suffix averaging) and for other projected-SGD analyses.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011; arXiv:1006.2425. https://arxiv.org/abs/1006.2425
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, §14.4.4. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming II: A Long Step of the Conic Karmarkar Method Lowers the Potential by at Least (‖p‖²/|p|²)(1 − ln 2) ≥ 1 − ln 2Research Paper

Motivation

Karmarkar's projective method (1984) was the first interior-point algorithm for linear programming with a polynomial bound that was also fast in practice. Its analysis rests on a potential function that combines the logarithm of the objective gap with a logarithmic barrier: if every iteration lowers the potential by a fixed constant, then the gap shrinks geometrically. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994, §4.3) carried the method over to general convex cones with self-concordant barriers, but only with short steps, which move a fraction of the way to the boundary of a ball in the local norm.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) introduced self-scaled barriers, the class behind the cones of linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programming. They used it to allow long steps, which go a large fraction of the way to the boundary of the cone itself. Section 7.1 of that paper analyses the Karmarkar method with long steps on a self-scaled cone. It shows that the potential decrease per iteration is at least the absolute constant 1−ln⁡21-\ln 21−ln2, independent of the barrier parameter, as in the linear-programming case. This mission formalizes that analysis.

Timeline:

  • 1984, Karmarkar: projective method for linear programming, with potential decrease per step bounded below by a constant.
  • 1986, Anstreicher: a strengthened acceptance criterion for approximate projections in Karmarkar's algorithm for standard linear programming, containing the result that Lemma 7.1 of the 1997 paper generalizes (p. 28).
  • 1994, Nesterov–Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, §4.3: the extension to self-concordant barriers on general cones, short steps.
  • 1997, Nesterov–Todd: self-scaled barriers and long steps (this paper, Theorem 7.2).

Setting

Let E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, which identifies the dual space E∗E^*E∗ with EEE. Let K⊆EK\subseteq EK⊆E be a closed convex cone with nonempty interior that contains no line, and let K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}K^*=\{s:\langle s,x\rangle\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K} be its dual cone. A ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier F:int⁡K→RF:\operatorname{int}K\to\mathbb RF:intK→R is a self-concordant barrier that is logarithmically homogeneous, F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x)=F(x)-\nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ, and satisfies the two scaling conditions of Definition 2.1 of the paper. F′F'F′ and F′′F''F′′ are its gradient and Hessian.

Two measures of a direction p∈Ep\in Ep∈E at x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK are used:

  • the local norm ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2;
  • the σ-measure σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K}, and the uniform norm ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}|p|_x=\max\{\sigma_x(p),\sigma_x(-p)\}∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}.

The point x−αpx-\alpha px−αp stays in int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK exactly when α σx(p)<1\alpha\,\sigma_x(p)<1ασx​(p)<1.

The problem is in Karmarkar form:

(P)min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Bx=0,  ⟨d,x⟩=1,  x∈K,(P)\qquad\min\ \langle c,x\rangle\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Bx=0,\ \ \langle d,x\rangle=1,\ \ x\in K,(P)min ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Bx=0,  ⟨d,x⟩=1,  x∈K,

with B:E→RmB:E\to\mathbb R^mB:E→Rm linear and surjective and d∈K∗d\in K^*d∈K∗. Its dual is max⁡{ζ:B∗y+dζ+s=c, s∈K∗}\max\{\zeta: B^*y+d\zeta+s=c,\ s\in K^*\}max{ζ:B∗y+dζ+s=c, s∈K∗}. The standing assumptions are that (P) and the dual have strictly feasible points, and that ⟨c,⋅⟩\langle c,\cdot\rangle⟨c,⋅⟩ is not constant on the feasible set of (P). The optimal value is ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗. The method decreases the potential

Φ(x;ζ)=νln⁡⟨c−ζd,x⟩+F(x),\Phi(x;\zeta)=\nu\ln\langle c-\zeta d,x\rangle+F(x),Φ(x;ζ)=νln⟨c−ζd,x⟩+F(x),

which is homogeneous of degree 000 in xxx.

One iteration starts from a strictly feasible x^\hat xx^ and a lower bound ζ^≤ζ∗\hat\zeta\le\zeta^*ζ^​≤ζ∗:

  1. Put c^=c+⟨c,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat c=c+\frac{\langle c,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)c^=c+ν⟨c,x^⟩​F′(x^) and d^=d+⟨d,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat d=d+\frac{\langle d,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)d^=d+ν⟨d,x^⟩​F′(x^). Let p(c)p(c)p(c), p(d)p(d)p(d) be their projections into ker⁡B\ker BkerB with respect to F′′(x^)F''(\hat x)F′′(x^): Bp(u)=0Bp(u)=0Bp(u)=0 and B∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u^B^*y(u)+F''(\hat x)p(u)=\hat uB∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u^ (7.3).
  2. Put x~(ζ)=⟨c−ζd,x^⟩νx^+p(c)−ζp(d)\tilde x(\zeta)=\frac{\langle c-\zeta d,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}\hat x+p(c)-\zeta p(d)x~(ζ)=ν⟨c−ζd,x^⟩​x^+p(c)−ζp(d) (7.4). If x~(ζ^)∉int⁡K\tilde x(\hat\zeta)\notin\operatorname{int}Kx~(ζ^​)∈/intK, keep ζ+=ζ^\zeta^+=\hat\zetaζ+=ζ^​. Otherwise raise the bound to ζ+=ζ^+1/σx~(ζ^)(p(d)+x^/ν)\zeta^+=\hat\zeta+1/\sigma_{\tilde x(\hat\zeta)}(p(d)+\hat x/\nu)ζ+=ζ^​+1/σx~(ζ^​)​(p(d)+x^/ν) (7.6).
  3. Take the direction p=p(c)−ζ+p(d)p=p(c)-\zeta^+p(d)p=p(c)−ζ+p(d) (7.5) and the new point x+=x^−αpx^+=\hat x-\alpha px+=x^−αp.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.2 (p. 28)

For a suitable α>0\alpha>0α>0, the point x+=x^−αpx^+=\hat x-\alpha px+=x^−αp lies in {x∈int⁡K:Bx=0}\{x\in\operatorname{int}K:Bx=0\}{x∈intK:Bx=0} and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2∣p∣x^2(1−ln⁡2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).(7.9)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)\le\Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta)-\frac{\|p\|_{\hat x}^2}{|p|_{\hat x}^2}(1-\ln2)\le\Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta)-(1-\ln2).\qquad(7.9)Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−∣p∣x^2​∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).(7.9)

The goal asserts the existence of the step, not a particular step size, so it does not commit to the step chosen in the proof.

Milestones

  • Lemma 7.1 (p. 27): ζ+≤ζ∗\zeta^+\le\zeta^*ζ+≤ζ∗, and ⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+≤ν σx^(−p)\langle c,\hat x\rangle-\zeta^+\le\nu\,\sigma_{\hat x}(-p)⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+≤νσx^​(−p) (7.7).
  • (7.8) (p. 28): ∥p∥x^2=⟨c−ζ+d,p⟩\|p\|_{\hat x}^2=\langle c-\zeta^+d,p\rangle∥p∥x^2​=⟨c−ζ+d,p⟩.

Companion: Theorem 7.1 (p. 26)

With Kˉ={x∈K:Bx=0, ⟨c,x⟩≤max⁡(⟨c,x0⟩,0)+1, ⟨d,x⟩≤1}\bar K=\{x\in K:Bx=0,\ \langle c,x\rangle\le\max(\langle c,x_0\rangle,0)+1,\ \langle d,x\rangle\le1\}Kˉ={x∈K:Bx=0, ⟨c,x⟩≤max(⟨c,x0​⟩,0)+1, ⟨d,x⟩≤1} and F‾\underline FF​ the minimum of FFF over it: if Φ(x;ζ)≤Φ(x0;ζ0)−Δ\Phi(x;\zeta)\le\Phi(x_0;\zeta_0)-\DeltaΦ(x;ζ)≤Φ(x0​;ζ0​)−Δ with ζ∈[ζ0,ζ∗]\zeta\in[\zeta_0,\zeta^*]ζ∈[ζ0​,ζ∗] and Δ\DeltaΔ large enough, then

⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0) e(F(x0)−F‾)/ν e−Δ/ν.(7.2)\langle c,x\rangle-\zeta\le(\langle c,x_0\rangle-\zeta_0)\,e^{(F(x_0)-\underline F)/\nu}\,e^{-\Delta/\nu}.\qquad(7.2)⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)e(F(x0​)−F​)/νe−Δ/ν.(7.2)

Significance

Theorem 7.2 together with Theorem 7.1 gives the O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(νln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound of the long-step conic Karmarkar method. The decrease constant 1−ln⁡21-\ln21−ln2 does not depend on ν\nuν or on the cone. The finer bound ∥p∥2∣p∣2(1−ln⁡2)\frac{\|p\|^2}{|p|^2}(1-\ln 2)∣p∣2∥p∥2​(1−ln2) can be much larger than 1−ln⁡21-\ln 21−ln2, since ∥p∥x≥∣p∣x\|p\|_x\ge|p|_x∥p∥x​≥∣p∣x​ always holds. This explains why long steps outperform short ones in practice. Lemma 7.1 shows that the lower bound obtained from dual information is valid and tight enough to drive the analysis. The paper presents it as a generalization of a result of Anstreicher (1986) for standard linear programming.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized anywhere. A formal development checks the interplay of the lower-bound update with the σ-measure and the homogeneity of Φ\PhiΦ, which the paper treats briefly. It also records a correction: on p. 27 the paper prints c^=c−⟨c,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat c=c-\frac{\langle c,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)c^=c−ν⟨c,x^⟩​F′(x^) (and likewise d^\hat dd^). The paper's own surrounding identities, in particular ⟨u^,x^⟩=0\langle\hat u,\hat x\rangle=0⟨u^,x^⟩=0 on p. 28, require the sign "+++", and the formalization uses "+++".

Difficulty

The obvious argument bounds the change of FFF along x−αpx-\alpha px−αp with self-concordance in the local norm. That argument only controls steps with α∥p∥x^<1\alpha\|p\|_{\hat x}<1α∥p∥x^​<1, and it gives a decrease that degrades with the step length. The long step goes up to 1/σx^(p)1/\sigma_{\hat x}(p)1/σx^​(p), which can be much larger. Reaching it requires the long-step barrier bound for self-scaled barriers (Theorem 4.2 of the paper, stated in another mission of this series). That bound controls F(x−αp)F(x-\alpha p)F(x−αp) through σx(p)\sigma_x(p)σx​(p) instead of ∥p∥x\|p\|_x∥p∥x​.

The second obstacle is the linear term. The decrease in νln⁡⟨c−ζ+d,⋅⟩\nu\ln\langle c-\zeta^+d,\cdot\rangleνln⟨c−ζ+d,⋅⟩ must be compared with ∥p∥2\|p\|^2∥p∥2, which needs both the identity (7.8) and the gap bound (7.7). The gap bound is the step at which the lower-bound update is essential: without the update, ⟨c,x^⟩−ζ^\langle c,\hat x\rangle-\hat\zeta⟨c,x^⟩−ζ^​ is not bounded by νσx^(−p)\nu\sigma_{\hat x}(-p)νσx^​(−p).

Formalization scope

The Lean development reuses the published self-scaled setting of the series SelfScaledIPM (IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, hess, lnorm, sigma, absn) and ConvexOptimization.dualCone. Conventions:

  • E=E=E= EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with E∗E^*E∗ identified with EEE.
  • F′′F''F′′ is assumed nondegenerate on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK. This follows from the other axioms for a pointed cone.
  • The conjugate barrier is a supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.
  • ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 is a binder. The paper derives it from pointedness on p. 3.
  • ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ is a real infimum, made finite by the strict dual feasibility assumption, which every statement carries. Nonconstancy of the objective is stated as the existence of two feasible points with different objective values.
  • The projections p(c)p(c)p(c), p(d)p(d)p(d) are data satisfying (7.3), not chosen by a selection function. The lower-bound update and the direction are definitions computed from them.
  • The goal adds the conjunct ⟨c−ζ+d,x+⟩>0\langle c-\zeta^+d,x^+\rangle>0⟨c−ζ+d,x+⟩>0, so that the logarithm in Φ(x+;ζ+)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)Φ(x+;ζ+) is genuine. It does not assert ⟨d,x+⟩=1\langle d,x^+\rangle=1⟨d,x+⟩=1, which the paper notes may fail.
  • Identity (7.8) is stated for every real ζ\zetaζ, which contains the page's ζ=ζ+\zeta=\zeta^+ζ=ζ+.
  • F‾\underline FF​ is an infimum over Kˉ∩int⁡K\bar K\cap\operatorname{int}KKˉ∩intK, where the barrier is finite.
  • c^\hat cc^ and d^\hat dd^ carry the corrected sign "+++".

A statement with ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ an arbitrary real, or with ppp an arbitrary vector, would be false or vacuous. The statements here fix both by the page's construction (7.3)–(7.6), and the logarithm in Φ\PhiΦ is guarded by the positivity conjunct.

A proof needs the long-step barrier inequality (Theorem 4.2), the monotonicity facts of Proposition 4.1, K∗=F′′(v)KK^*=F''(v)KK∗=F′′(v)K (Theorem 3.1 (iii)), and ∥p(u)∥w2=⟨u,p(u)⟩\|p(u)\|^2_w=\langle u,p(u)\rangle∥p(u)∥w2​=⟨u,p(u)⟩ (Proposition 6.2). These are milestones of the other missions of this series, and contributions proving them are reusable here. Elementary facts about σ\sigmaσ (positive homogeneity, the boundary characterization x−αp∈∂Kx-\alpha p\in\partial Kx−αp∈∂K at α=1/σx(p)\alpha=1/\sigma_x(p)α=1/σx​(p)) are useful beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984, 373–395. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
  • K. M. Anstreicher, A strengthened acceptance criterion for approximate projections in Karmarkar's algorithm, Operations Research Letters 5, 1986, 211–214. https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/operations-research-letters/vol/5
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming III: An Affine Potential-Reduction Step Lowers the Potential by at Least 1 − ln 2, and by (‖p‖²/|p|²)(1 − ln 2) When µ ≥ 2νResearch Paper

Motivation

Potential-reduction methods solve a linear or conic program by driving down a single merit function that combines the objective gap with a barrier for the constraint cone. For linear programming the primal version goes back to Karmarkar (1984) and, without Karmarkar's special problem form, to Gonzaga (1990, Math. Programming 49, 7–21), whose method reduces the potential by a constant at every step while updating a lower bound on the optimal value. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) extended such methods to general convex cones with self-concordant barriers, but their analysis only allows short steps: steps confined to a ball of the local norm, which in practice is a small fraction of the way to the boundary.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) singled out the self-scaled cones (the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone, the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, and their products) and showed that for them long steps are admissible. This mission formalizes their extension of Gonzaga's method (§7.2 of the paper): a primal potential-reduction step, with a lower-bound update, that decreases the potential by a constant and, when the potential parameter is large enough, by an amount that scales with how far the step can go.

Setting

Let E=RnE = \mathbb R^nE=Rn with its inner product, identified with its dual E∗E^*E∗. Let K⊆EK \subseteq EK⊆E be a closed convex pointed cone with nonempty interior, and FFF a ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier for KKK: a ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier (F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x) = F(x) - \nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ) such that for all w,x∈int⁡Kw, x \in \operatorname{int} Kw,x∈intK the Hessian satisfies F′′(w)x∈int⁡K∗F''(w)x \in \operatorname{int} K^*F′′(w)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−νF_*(F''(w)x) = F(x) - 2F(w) - \nuF∗​(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−ν, where K∗K^*K∗ is the dual cone and F∗F_*F∗​ the conjugate barrier. Here ν≥1\nu \ge 1ν≥1.

The problem is

(P)min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Ax=b, x∈K,(P)\qquad \min\ \langle c, x\rangle \quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax = b,\ x \in K,(P)min ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Ax=b, x∈K,

with A:E→RmA : E \to \mathbb R^mA:E→Rm linear and surjective, and dual (D)(D)(D): max⁡⟨b,y⟩\max \langle b, y\ranglemax⟨b,y⟩ s.t. A∗y+s=cA^*y + s = cA∗y+s=c, s∈K∗s \in K^*s∈K∗. Both have strictly feasible points: S0(P)={x∈int⁡K:Ax=b}S^0(P) = \{x \in \operatorname{int}K : Ax = b\}S0(P)={x∈intK:Ax=b} and S0(D)S^0(D)S0(D) are nonempty, and the objective is not constant on the feasible region of (P)(P)(P). Let ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ be the optimal value.

At x∈int⁡Kx \in \operatorname{int}Kx∈intK the local norm is ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x = \langle F''(x)p, p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2, its dual is ∥u∥x∗=⟨u,[F′′(x)]−1u⟩1/2\|u\|^*_x = \langle u, [F''(x)]^{-1}u\rangle^{1/2}∥u∥x∗​=⟨u,[F′′(x)]−1u⟩1/2, and σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p) = \min\{\beta \ge 0 : \beta x - p \in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K} measures how far one can move from xxx along −p-p−p: the point x−αpx - \alpha px−αp stays in int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK for ασx(p)<1\alpha\sigma_x(p) < 1ασx​(p)<1. The uniform norm is ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}≤∥p∥x|p|_x = \max\{\sigma_x(p), \sigma_x(-p)\} \le \|p\|_x∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}≤∥p∥x​.

For μ>ν\mu > \nuμ>ν and a lower bound ζ≤ζ∗\zeta \le \zeta^*ζ≤ζ∗, the primal potential is

Φ(x;ζ)=μln⁡(⟨c,x⟩−ζ)+F(x).\Phi(x;\zeta) = \mu\ln(\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta) + F(x).Φ(x;ζ)=μln(⟨c,x⟩−ζ)+F(x).

At an iterate x^∈S0(P)\hat x \in S^0(P)x^∈S0(P) with lower bound ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​, let p(c)p(c)p(c) and p(d)p(d)p(d) be the projections of ccc and of d=F′(x^)d = F'(\hat x)d=F′(x^) into ker⁡A\ker AkerA with respect to F′′(x^)F''(\hat x)F′′(x^): Ap(u)=0Ap(u) = 0Ap(u)=0, A∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=uA^*y(u) + F''(\hat x)p(u) = uA∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u. For λ∈R\lambda \in \mathbb Rλ∈R put s~(λ)=F′′(x^)(p(c)+λp(d))−λF′(x^)\tilde s(\lambda) = F''(\hat x)(p(c) + \lambda p(d)) - \lambda F'(\hat x)s~(λ)=F′′(x^)(p(c)+λp(d))−λF′(x^). Whenever s~(λ)∈K∗\tilde s(\lambda) \in K^*s~(λ)∈K∗, the number ⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \langle \tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩ is the value of a feasible dual solution, hence a lower bound on ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗. The updated lower bound ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is the larger of ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​ and the best such bound. Finally λ+=(⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+)/μ\lambda^+ = (\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \zeta^+)/\muλ+=(⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+)/μ and the search direction is p=p(c)+λ+p(d)p = p(c) + \lambda^+ p(d)p=p(c)+λ+p(d), which is λ+\lambda^+λ+ times the projected gradient of Φ(⋅;ζ+)\Phi(\cdot;\zeta^+)Φ(⋅;ζ+). Write p+=σx^(p)p_+ = \sigma_{\hat x}(p)p+​=σx^​(p).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.4 (b), the long step

If μ≥2ν\mu \ge 2\nuμ≥2ν, there is α>0\alpha > 0α>0 with x+=x^−αp∈S0(P)x^+ = \hat x - \alpha p \in S^0(P)x+=x^−αp∈S0(P) and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2(max⁡{p+,∣p∣x^})2(1−ln⁡2)=Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2∣p∣x^2(1−ln⁡2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{(\max\{p_+, |p|_{\hat x}\})^2}(1-\ln 2) = \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{|p|^2_{\hat x}}(1-\ln 2) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - (1-\ln 2).Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(max{p+​,∣p∣x^​})2∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)=Φ(x^;ζ^​)−∣p∣x^2​∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).

Companion: Theorem 7.4 (a), the short step

If μ≥ν+ν\mu \ge \nu + \sqrt\nuμ≥ν+ν​, there is α>0\alpha > 0α>0 with x+=x^−αp∈S0(P)x^+ = \hat x - \alpha p \in S^0(P)x+=x^−αp∈S0(P) and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2(max⁡{p+,∥p∥x^})2(1−ln⁡2)=Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{(\max\{p_+, \|p\|_{\hat x}\})^2}(1-\ln 2) = \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - (1-\ln 2).Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(max{p+​,∥p∥x^​})2∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)=Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).

Milestones

  1. (§7.2, p. 31) The gap ⟨s~(λ),x^⟩=⟨−F′(x^),p(c)⟩+λ((∥F′(x^)∥x^∗)2−∥p(d)∥x^2)\langle\tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle = \langle -F'(\hat x), p(c)\rangle + \lambda\big((\|F'(\hat x)\|^*_{\hat x})^2 - \|p(d)\|^2_{\hat x}\big)⟨s~(λ),x^⟩=⟨−F′(x^),p(c)⟩+λ((∥F′(x^)∥x^∗​)2−∥p(d)∥x^2​) is nondecreasing in λ\lambdaλ.
  2. (Lemma 7.2) If μ≥ν+ν\mu \ge \nu + \sqrt\nuμ≥ν+ν​ then λ+≤∥p∥x^\lambda^+ \le \|p\|_{\hat x}λ+≤∥p∥x^​; if μ≥2ν\mu \ge 2\nuμ≥2ν then λ+≤∣p∣x^\lambda^+ \le |p|_{\hat x}λ+≤∣p∣x^​.

Companion: Theorem 7.3

A total potential decrease Δ>μln⁡(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0)+F(x0)−F‾\Delta > \mu\ln(\langle c, x_0\rangle - \zeta_0) + F(x_0) - \underline FΔ>μln(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)+F(x0​)−F​ from the starting pair (x0,ζ0)(x_0, \zeta_0)(x0​,ζ0​) forces ⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0) e(F(x0)−F‾)/μ e−Δ/μ\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta \le (\langle c, x_0\rangle - \zeta_0)\,e^{(F(x_0) - \underline F)/\mu}\,e^{-\Delta/\mu}⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)e(F(x0​)−F​)/μe−Δ/μ, where F‾\underline FF​ is the minimum of FFF on a bounded truncation Kˉ\bar KKˉ of the homogenized feasible region.

Significance

Theorem 7.4 together with Theorem 7.3 gives an O(μln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\mu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(μln(1/ϵ))-iteration method for conic programming over self-scaled cones that needs only a primal strictly feasible point and a lower bound, and that, for μ=O(ν)\mu = O(\nu)μ=O(ν), matches the complexity of the short-step theory. Part (b) is the substantive claim: the step α\alphaα may go a large fraction of the way to the boundary of KKK (half way when σx^(p)=σx^(−p)\sigma_{\hat x}(p) = \sigma_{\hat x}(-p)σx^​(p)=σx^​(−p)) and the guaranteed decrease (∥p∥x^2/∣p∣x^2)(1−ln⁡2)(\|p\|^2_{\hat x}/|p|^2_{\hat x})(1 - \ln 2)(∥p∥x^2​/∣p∣x^2​)(1−ln2) is typically much larger than 1−ln⁡21 - \ln 21−ln2. This is the property that distinguishes self-scaled barriers from general self-concordant ones, for which only steps inside the local unit ball are controlled.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them, nor the long-step theory of self-scaled barriers on which they rest, is formalized in any proof assistant as far as is known.

Difficulty

The obvious approach bounds F(x^−αp)−F(x^)F(\hat x - \alpha p) - F(\hat x)F(x^−αp)−F(x^) by the self-concordance inequality, which controls FFF only for α∥p∥x^<1\alpha\|p\|_{\hat x} < 1α∥p∥x^​<1; that is the short-step regime and yields at best part (a). Part (b) requires a bound on FFF along −p-p−p valid all the way to α<1/σx^(p)\alpha < 1/\sigma_{\hat x}(p)α<1/σx^​(p), which holds for self-scaled barriers but not for self-concordant ones. The second difficulty is the interplay with the lower-bound update: the decrease of the barrier term must be paid for by the decrease of μln⁡(⟨c,x⟩−ζ+)\mu\ln(\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta^+)μln(⟨c,x⟩−ζ+), and this needs the scaling factor λ+\lambda^+λ+ of the direction to be at most ∣p∣x^|p|_{\hat x}∣p∣x^​, which in turn depends on how ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ was chosen. With an arbitrary admissible lower bound the claim fails.

Formalization scope

EEE, E∗E^*E∗ are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) identified through the inner product, and the problem data are A:Rn→LRmA : \mathbb R^n \to_L \mathbb R^mA:Rn→L​Rm surjective, bbb, ccc. The cone, the barrier, the local norms ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​ (lnorm), ∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​ (dnorm), σx\sigma_xσx​ (sigma) and ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ (absn) are the published definitions of the SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep setting; the paper's starred dual norms map to dnorm at a primal point. Nondegeneracy of F′′F''F′′ is part of that barrier definition, and the conjugate barrier is an sSup over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.

Standing assumptions are hypotheses of every statement: surjectivity of AAA (6.1), strict dual feasibility (6.3) (strict primal feasibility follows from the given iterate), the objective not constant on the feasible region, and ν≥1\nu \ge 1ν≥1. The optimal value ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ is the infimum of the objective over the feasible set, finite under these assumptions. The projections (7.12) are given as data satisfying their defining equations. The updated lower bound ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is defined as max⁡(ζ^,sup⁡G)\max(\hat\zeta, \sup G)max(ζ^​,supG), with GGG the set of dual bounds ⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \langle\tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩ over λ\lambdaλ with s~(λ)∈K∗\tilde s(\lambda) \in K^*s~(λ)∈K∗, and ζ+=ζ^\zeta^+ = \hat\zetaζ+=ζ^​ when GGG is empty. Because the gap is nondecreasing in λ\lambdaλ, this equals the paper's value at the minimal admissible λ\lambdaλ. "A suitable value of α\alphaα" is an existential over α>0\alpha > 0α>0, and the conclusion also asserts ⟨c,x+⟩>ζ+\langle c, x^+\rangle > \zeta^+⟨c,x+⟩>ζ+ so that the logarithm in Φ(x+;ζ+)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)Φ(x+;ζ+) is genuine. Kˉ\bar KKˉ and F‾\underline FF​ of Theorem 7.3 are defined explicitly, with F‾\underline FF​ the infimum of FFF over Kˉ∩int⁡K\bar K \cap \operatorname{int}KKˉ∩intK.

A statement in which ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is an arbitrary lower bound above ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​, or ppp an arbitrary vector in ker⁡A\ker AkerA, or α\alphaα arbitrary instead of existentially chosen, would be false; the formalization fixes ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ by (7.17) and ppp by (7.14).

A complete development needs the theory of self-scaled barriers along a line (Theorem 4.2 and Proposition 4.1 of the paper, posed in the sibling mission I of this series), the projection identities (Propositions 6.2–6.3, posed in mission IV), weak conic duality, and the inequalities ⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤ν∥p∥x\langle -F'(x), p\rangle \le \sqrt\nu\|p\|_x⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤ν​∥p∥x​ and ⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤νσx(p)\langle -F'(x), p\rangle \le \nu\sigma_x(p)⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤νσx​(p). These are reusable across self-scaled interior-point methods; proofs of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • C. C. Gonzaga, Polynomial affine algorithms for linear programming, Mathematical Programming 49, 1990, 7–21 (cited as in the paper's reference list).
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984, 373–395. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming IV: The Predictor-Corrector Path-Following Scheme Keeps π(τ, x) ≤ 1/4 and Multiplies τ by at Least 1 + 3/(8√ν + 2)Research Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods solve linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programs by following a smooth curve through the interior of the feasible region. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) showed that the right object to build such methods on is a self-concordant barrier for the cone, and that the number of Newton steps needed by a path-following method is governed by the barrier parameter ν\nuν. For general cones, however, their analysis of Newton's method only controls a small neighbourhood of the path, so the step in the path parameter must be short.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) singled out the cones that admit a self-scaled barrier: the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone, the cone of positive semidefinite matrices and their products. For these cones the barrier satisfies global, long-range inequalities that general self-concordant barriers do not. Section 9 of the paper uses them to sharpen the classical primal path-following method: Newton's method converges quadratically on the whole region where the proximity measure is below 111 (extending Roos and Vial, 1992), and a predictor-corrector scheme takes a tangent step whose length adapts to the geometry of the cone at the current point.

Setting

Let E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn with its Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩; the dual space E∗E^*E∗ is identified with EEE. Let K⊂EK\subset EK⊂E be a proper cone: closed, convex, containing no line, with nonempty interior int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK. A function F:int⁡K→RF:\operatorname{int}K\to\mathbb RF:intK→R is a ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier for KKK if it is a ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier (F(tx)=F(x)−νln⁡tF(tx)=F(x)-\nu\ln tF(tx)=F(x)−νlnt) and, for all w,x∈int⁡Kw,x\in\operatorname{int}Kw,x∈intK, F′′(w)x∈int⁡K∗F''(w)x\in\operatorname{int}K^*F′′(w)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−νF_*(F''(w)x)=F(x)-2F(w)-\nuF∗​(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−ν, where F∗F_*F∗​ is the conjugate barrier (Definition 2.1). Then ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1.

At a point x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK the paper uses three measures of a vector p∈Ep\in Ep∈E:

  • the local norm ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2, and for q∈E∗q\in E^*q∈E∗ the dual norm ∥q∥x∗=⟨q,[F′′(x)]−1q⟩1/2\|q\|^*_x=\langle q,[F''(x)]^{-1}q\rangle^{1/2}∥q∥x∗​=⟨q,[F′′(x)]−1q⟩1/2;
  • σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K}, the reciprocal of the largest step from xxx along −p-p−p that stays in KKK;
  • the uniform norm ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}|p|_x=\max\{\sigma_x(p),\sigma_x(-p)\}∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}, which satisfies ∣p∣x≤∥p∥x|p|_x\le\|p\|_x∣p∣x​≤∥p∥x​.

The problem is min⁡{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}\min\{\langle c,x\rangle: Ax=b,\ x\in K\}min{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K} with A:E→Y=RmA:E\to Y=\mathbb R^mA:E→Y=Rm surjective; S0(P)={x∈int⁡K:Ax=b}S^0(P)=\{x\in\operatorname{int}K:Ax=b\}S0(P)={x∈intK:Ax=b} is the set of strictly feasible points, and the dual problem is assumed strictly feasible. For w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK and u∈E∗u\in E^*u∈E∗ the system

Ap=0,A∗y+F′′(w)p=u(6.4)Ap=0,\qquad A^*y+F''(w)p=u \tag{6.4}Ap=0,A∗y+F′′(w)p=u(6.4)

defines the projection p=p(u)p=p(u)p=p(u) of uuu into ker⁡A\ker AkerA with respect to F′′(w)F''(w)F′′(w).

For τ>0\tau>0τ>0 the penalty function is ψ(τ,x)=τ⟨c,x⟩+F(x)\psi(\tau,x)=\tau\langle c,x\rangle+F(x)ψ(τ,x)=τ⟨c,x⟩+F(x); its minimizers x(τ)x(\tau)x(τ) over S0(P)S^0(P)S0(P) form the central path. The Newton direction p(τ,x)p(\tau,x)p(τ,x) is the projection of τc+F′(x)\tau c+F'(x)τc+F′(x) with respect to F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x), and the proximity measure is π(τ,x)=∥p(τ,x)∥x\pi(\tau,x)=\|p(\tau,x)\|_xπ(τ,x)=∥p(τ,x)∥x​. The tangent direction v(x)v(x)v(x) is the projection of ccc with respect to F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x).

One iteration of the path-following scheme (p. 39) from (τ,x)(\tau,x)(τ,x) with π(τ,x)≤1/4\pi(\tau,x)\le1/4π(τ,x)≤1/4 is:

Δτ=38∣v∣x∥v∥x,z=x−Δτ v,τ+=τ+Δτ,x+=z−p(τ+,z),v=v(x).\Delta\tau=\frac{3}{8\sqrt{|v|_x\|v\|_x}},\quad z=x-\Delta\tau\,v,\quad \tau_+=\tau+\Delta\tau,\quad x_+=z-p(\tau_+,z),\qquad v=v(x).Δτ=8∣v∣x​∥v∥x​​3​,z=x−Δτv,τ+​=τ+Δτ,x+​=z−p(τ+​,z),v=v(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.3

For one iteration of the scheme, with v≠0v\ne0v=0:

z∈int⁡K,x+∈S0(P),π(τ+,x+)≤14,z\in\operatorname{int}K,\qquad x_+\in S^0(P),\qquad \pi(\tau_+,x_+)\le\tfrac14,z∈intK,x+​∈S0(P),π(τ+​,x+​)≤41​, τ+ ≥ (1+38ν+2∥v∥x∣v∣x)τ ≥ (1+38ν+2)τ.\tau_+\ \ge\ \Bigl(1+\frac{3}{8\sqrt\nu+2}\sqrt{\frac{\|v\|_x}{|v|_x}}\Bigr)\tau\ \ge\ \Bigl(1+\frac{3}{8\sqrt\nu+2}\Bigr)\tau .τ+​ ≥ (1+8ν​+23​∣v∣x​∥v∥x​​​)τ ≥ (1+8ν​+23​)τ.

By induction from π(τ0,x0)≤1/4\pi(\tau_0,x_0)\le1/4π(τ0​,x0​)≤1/4, the condition (9.3) holds at every iterate and τk\tau_kτk​ grows geometrically.

Milestones

  • Corollary 3.1: for v,z∈int⁡Kv,z\in\operatorname{int}Kv,z∈intK there is w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK with F′(v)=−F′′(w)zF'(v)=-F''(w)zF′(v)=−F′′(w)z, F′(z)=−F′′(w)vF'(z)=-F''(w)vF′(z)=−F′′(w)v, hence F′(v)−F′(z)=F′′(w)(v−z)F'(v)-F'(z)=F''(w)(v-z)F′(v)−F′(z)=F′′(w)(v−z).
  • Corollary 4.1 (iii): for such www (with F′(v)=−F′′(w)xF'(v)=-F''(w)xF′(v)=−F′′(w)x), σx(v)−1F′′(x)≤F′′(w)≤σv(x)F′′(x)\sigma_x(v)^{-1}F''(x)\le F''(w)\le\sigma_v(x)F''(x)σx​(v)−1F′′(x)≤F′′(w)≤σv​(x)F′′(x).
  • Theorem 4.3: ∥F′(v)−F′(x)−F′′(x)(v−x)∥v∗≤∣v−x∣x ∥v−x∥x\|F'(v)-F'(x)-F''(x)(v-x)\|^*_v\le|v-x|_x\,\|v-x\|_x∥F′(v)−F′(x)−F′′(x)(v−x)∥v∗​≤∣v−x∣x​∥v−x∥x​.
  • Proposition 6.2: ∥p(u)∥w2=⟨u,p(u)⟩\|p(u)\|_w^2=\langle u,p(u)\rangle∥p(u)∥w2​=⟨u,p(u)⟩.
  • Proposition 6.3: ∥p(u)∥w≤∥u−A∗y∥w∗\|p(u)\|_w\le\|u-A^*y\|^*_w∥p(u)∥w​≤∥u−A∗y∥w∗​ for all y∈Yy\in Yy∈Y, with equality only at a minimizer.
  • Theorem 9.2: if π(τ,x)<1\pi(\tau,x)<1π(τ,x)<1, the full Newton step x+=x−p(τ,x)x_+=x-p(\tau,x)x+​=x−p(τ,x) satisfies π(τ,x+)≤∣p∣x π(τ,x)≤π2(τ,x)\pi(\tau,x_+)\le|p|_x\,\pi(\tau,x)\le\pi^2(\tau,x)π(τ,x+​)≤∣p∣x​π(τ,x)≤π2(τ,x).

A companion item, Theorem 9.1, states the decrease of ψ(τ,⋅)\psi(\tau,\cdot)ψ(τ,⋅) along the damped Newton step α=1/(1+σx(p))\alpha=1/(1+\sigma_x(p))α=1/(1+σx​(p)).

Significance

Theorem 9.3 shows that the primal path-following method for self-scaled cones increases the penalty parameter by a factor at least 1+3/(8ν+2)1+3/(8\sqrt\nu+2)1+3/(8ν​+2) per iteration, which yields the O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound, and that the step can be much longer when the ratio ∥v∥x/∣v∣x\|v\|_x/|v|_x∥v∥x​/∣v∣x​ is large. The paper notes that this ratio is the maximal step α∗\alpha^*α∗ along the normalized tangent direction that keeps x±α∗vˉx\pm\alpha^*\bar vx±α∗vˉ in KKK, so the rule is a "large-step" rule in disguise. Theorem 9.2 removes the restriction of the general self-concordant theory, where quadratic convergence of Newton's method is only shown on a smaller neighbourhood, by allowing any point with π(τ,x)<1\pi(\tau,x)<1π(τ,x)<1.

The milestones are general tools for self-scaled barriers. Theorem 4.3 is a global second-order estimate for the gradient, with no restriction on the distance between the two points; Corollary 3.1 is an exact mean-value identity with a single interior intermediate point; Propositions 6.2 and 6.3 are the basic facts about the projections that every algorithm of the paper computes.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The platform has general self-concordant Newton estimates (the contraction λ+≤(λ/(1−λ))2\lambda_+\le(\lambda/(1-\lambda))^2λ+​≤(λ/(1−λ))2 and the damped Newton decrease λ−ln⁡(1+λ)\lambda-\ln(1+\lambda)λ−ln(1+λ)), which use different measures and do not involve σx\sigma_xσx​, ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ or the constraint Ax=bAx=bAx=b.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 9.2 is the standard self-concordance argument, which compares F′′F''F′′ at the new point with F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x) through the local norm ∥p∥x\|p\|_x∥p∥x​ alone. It gives π+≤π2/(1−π)2\pi_+\le\pi^2/(1-\pi)^2π+​≤π2/(1−π)2, which is weaker than the claimed bound and gives nothing near π=1\pi=1π=1. The sharper bound needs estimates that hold only for self-scaled barriers: a second-order remainder for the gradient measured at the new point and controlled by the uniform norm ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ (Theorem 4.3), which in turn requires the intermediate point of Corollary 3.1 and the two-sided Hessian comparison of Corollary 4.1 (iii). These fail for general self-concordant barriers, and they depend on the structure theory of §3 (Theorem 3.2 of the paper).

In Theorem 9.3 the predictor step is long in the local norm, so no estimate based on ∥v∥x\|v\|_x∥v∥x​ alone keeps the predictor point close enough to the central path for one corrector step to restore π≤1/4\pi\le1/4π≤1/4; the constant 3/83/83/8 in Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ is fixed by the page and leaves little slack.

Formalization scope

The development reuses the published setting of the 1998 Nesterov–Todd series: IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, hess, IsPrimalStrict, IsDualStrict, lnorm (∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​), dnorm (∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​), sigma and absn. Its conventions are:

  1. E∗E^*E∗ is identified with E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn through the Euclidean inner product.
  2. Positive definiteness of F′′F''F′′ on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK is part of the barrier definition.
  3. The conjugate is a real supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.
  4. ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 is a hypothesis.

The paper stars dual norms; the 1998 modules do not, so dnorm F x is the paper's ∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​.

New definitions are the projection system (6.4) (IsProjection), the penalty ψ\psiψ, the Newton and tangent systems as predicates on their solutions, and the step size Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ. Solutions of linear systems are always data satisfying these predicates, never chosen by a function. Operator inequalities are written through quadratic forms.

Every theorem of §9 assumes (6.1)–(6.3) (AAA surjective, a strictly feasible dual point), which the paper states on p. 38. Theorems 9.2 and 9.3 are stated for one iteration and state explicitly that the new points are interior, which the scheme presupposes. Theorem 9.3 assumes v(x)≠0v(x)\ne0v(x)=0: when ccc lies in the range of A∗A^*A∗ the objective is constant on the feasible set and Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ is undefined. In Theorem 9.1 the middle bound of (9.1), which divides by σx(p)\sigma_x(p)σx​(p), is stated under σx(p)>0\sigma_x(p)>0σx​(p)>0, and the outer bound in all cases.

A formalization that leaves Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ as a free positive parameter, drops the corrector step, or treats π\piπ as any number at most 1/41/41/4 that is not tied to the Newton system at the new point would state a different, weaker or vacuous theorem. The goal fixes Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ by the formula of p. 39 and bounds ∥p∥x+\|p\|_{x_+}∥p∥x+​​ for every solution of the Newton system at (τ+,x+)(\tau_+,x_+)(τ+​,x+​).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, the structure results they rest on (existence of the scaling point, Theorem 3.2; the Hessian bounds of Theorem 4.1), and reusable lemmas on σx\sigma_xσx​ and the uniform norm, which also serve the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1) (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2) (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • C. Roos and J.-Ph. Vial, A polynomial method of approximate centers for linear programming, Mathematical Programming 54 (1992) 295–305.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 1: SGD with α-Suffix Averaging Attains E[F(w̄ᵅ_T)] − F(w*) ≤ (2 + 2.5 log(1/(1−α)))G²/(αλT)Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the default method for minimizing an expected loss F(w)=Ez[ℓ(w,z)]F(w)=\mathbb E_z[\ell(w,z)]F(w)=Ez​[ℓ(w,z)] when only noisy gradients are available, which is the situation of nearly every large-scale learning problem. When FFF is strongly convex (for instance, any convex loss with an ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ regularizer), information-theoretic lower bounds show that no method using TTT noisy gradients can guarantee an error better than order 1/T1/T1/T, and some algorithms achieve this rate.

For plain SGD with step sizes ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t=1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) and the standard averaged output, however, the classical analysis gives only O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T). Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647, ICML 2012) showed that the logarithm is real for full averaging on non-smooth problems, and that a minimal change to the output, averaging only the last fraction α\alphaα of the iterates, restores the optimal O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) rate. This mission formalizes that positive result, the paper's main theorem.

Timeline of the relevant results:

  • 2007. Hazan, Agarwal and Kale (Machine Learning 69) prove an O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) regret bound for online gradient descent on strongly convex losses, which by online-to-batch conversion gives O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) for averaged SGD.
  • 2009. Nemirovski, Juditsky, Lan and Shapiro (SIAM J. Optim. 19) show an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) rate for the last SGD iterate when FFF is in addition smooth.
  • 2011. Hazan and Kale (COLT 2011) obtain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) for non-smooth strongly convex problems with a different, epoch-based algorithm.
  • 2012. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan prove that SGD with full averaging can suffer Ω(log⁡T/T)\Omega(\log T/T)Ω(logT/T), and that α-suffix averaging achieves O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) (Theorem 5).

Setting

Let W⊆RdW\subseteq\mathbb R^dW⊆Rd be a closed convex set containing 000, and let F:Rd→RF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb RF:Rd→R. The function FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex on WWW (λ>0\lambda>0λ>0) if

F(θx+(1−θ)y)≤θF(x)+(1−θ)F(y)−λ2θ(1−θ)∥x−y∥2(x,y∈W, θ∈[0,1]).F(\theta x+(1-\theta)y)\le\theta F(x)+(1-\theta)F(y)-\tfrac\lambda2\theta(1-\theta)\|x-y\|^2\qquad(x,y\in W,\ \theta\in[0,1]).F(θx+(1−θ)y)≤θF(x)+(1−θ)F(y)−2λ​θ(1−θ)∥x−y∥2(x,y∈W, θ∈[0,1]).

A point w∗∈Ww^*\in Ww∗∈W is a minimizer of FFF over WWW.

Information about FFF comes from a stochastic gradient oracle g(w,z)g(w,z)g(w,z): at a query point www, a sample z∼Dz\sim Dz∼D is drawn and g^=g(w,z)\hat g=g(w,z)g^​=g(w,z) is returned. The oracle is unbiased in the sense that its mean gˉ(w)=Ez∼D g(w,z)\bar g(w)=\mathbb E_{z\sim D}\,g(w,z)gˉ​(w)=Ez∼D​g(w,z) is a subgradient of FFF relative to WWW: F(u)≥F(w)+⟨u−w,gˉ(w)⟩F(u)\ge F(w)+\langle u-w,\bar g(w)\rangleF(u)≥F(w)+⟨u−w,gˉ​(w)⟩ for all u∈Wu\in Wu∈W. Its second moment is bounded: Ez∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E_z\|g(w,z)\|^2\le G^2Ez​∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2 at every w∈Ww\in Ww∈W.

Projected SGD with step sizes ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t=1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) runs on an i.i.d. sample z1,…,zT∼Dz_1,\dots,z_T\sim Dz1​,…,zT​∼D:

w1=0,wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηt g(wt,zt)),w_1=0,\qquad w_{t+1}=\Pi_W\big(w_t-\eta_t\,g(w_t,z_t)\big),w1​=0,wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g(wt​,zt​)),

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. For α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) with (1−α)T(1-\alpha)T(1−α)T an integer, the α-suffix average is

wˉTα=w(1−α)T+1+⋯+wTαT.\bar w^\alpha_T=\frac{w_{(1-\alpha)T+1}+\dots+w_T}{\alpha T}.wˉTα​=αTw(1−α)T+1​+⋯+wT​​.

In Lean the iterates are UnderstandingML.sgdStrongIterates lam W g S, the oracle mean is oracleMean D g, the suffix average is suffixAverage lam W g S k with k=(1−α)Tk=(1-\alpha)Tk=(1−α)T, and expectations are integrals against the product law UnderstandingML.iidLaw D T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

E[F(wˉTα)−F(w∗)] ≤ 2+2.5log⁡11−αα⋅G2λT,\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w^\alpha_T)-F(w^*)\big]\ \le\ \frac{2+2.5\log\frac1{1-\alpha}}{\alpha}\cdot\frac{G^2}{\lambda T},E[F(wˉTα​)−F(w∗)] ≤ α2+2.5log1−α1​​⋅λTG2​,

together with the finiteness of E F(wˉTα)\mathbb E\,F(\bar w^\alpha_T)EF(wˉTα​). The constants are the paper's.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 12): Ez∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E_z\|g(w,z)\|^2\le G^2Ez​∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2 at w∈Ww\in Ww∈W implies ∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2\|w-w^*\|^2\le 4G^2/\lambda^2∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2.
  2. Lemma 1 (p. 4): E∥wt−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2t)\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2\le 4G^2/(\lambda^2t)E∥wt​−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2t) for every t≥1t\ge1t≥1.
  3. (3) (p. 6): ∑t=k+1TE⟨gt,wt−w∗⟩≤∑t=k+1TηtG22+∑t=k+1TE∥wt−w∗∥2−E∥wt+1−w∗∥22ηt\sum_{t=k+1}^T\mathbb E\langle g_t,w_t-w^*\rangle\le\sum_{t=k+1}^T\frac{\eta_tG^2}2+\sum_{t=k+1}^T\frac{\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2-\mathbb E\|w_{t+1}-w^*\|^2}{2\eta_t}∑t=k+1T​E⟨gt​,wt​−w∗⟩≤∑t=k+1T​2ηt​G2​+∑t=k+1T​2ηt​E∥wt​−w∗∥2−E∥wt+1​−w∗∥2​.
  4. App. B.6, convexity display (p. 18): ∑tE⟨gt,wt−w∗⟩≥∑tE[F(wt)−F(w∗)]≥αT E[F(wˉTα)−F(w∗)]\sum_{t}\mathbb E\langle g_t,w_t-w^*\rangle\ge\sum_t\mathbb E[F(w_t)-F(w^*)]\ge\alpha T\,\mathbb E[F(\bar w^\alpha_T)-F(w^*)]∑t​E⟨gt​,wt​−w∗⟩≥∑t​E[F(wt​)−F(w∗)]≥αTE[F(wˉTα​)−F(w∗)].
  5. App. B.6, penultimate bound (p. 18): E[F(wˉTα)−F(w∗)]≤2G2αTλ(1+H)+G22αTλH\mathbb E[F(\bar w^\alpha_T)-F(w^*)]\le\frac{2G^2}{\alpha T\lambda}(1+H)+\frac{G^2}{2\alpha T\lambda}HE[F(wˉTα​)−F(w∗)]≤αTλ2G2​(1+H)+2αTλG2​H with H=∑t=(1−α)T+1T1/tH=\sum_{t=(1-\alpha)T+1}^T 1/tH=∑t=(1−α)T+1T​1/t.
  6. App. B.6, harmonic bound (p. 18): H≤log⁡11−αH\le\log\frac1{1-\alpha}H≤log1−α1​.

Significance

Theorem 5 shows that the suboptimal log⁡T\log TlogT factor of averaged SGD on non-smooth strongly convex problems is an artifact of which iterates are averaged, not of the gradient steps themselves: the same iterates, averaged over a constant fraction at the end, reach the minimax-optimal O(G2/(λT))O(G^2/(\lambda T))O(G2/(λT)) rate up to constants. This matches Hazan and Kale's guarantee with an unmodified algorithm, and the same paper's lower bound shows that full averaging cannot match it.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is formalized. The platform holds the Understanding Machine Learning SGD model and its O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) bound for full averaging (UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex), but no O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) rate for SGD on a non-smooth objective. The mission produces a machine-checked proof of Theorem 5 with its explicit constants and, along the way, of Lemma 1 (the O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) mean-square convergence of the last iterate), which is reused by every O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) analysis of SGD with step sizes 1/(λt)1/(\lambda t)1/(λt), including the paper's smooth-case Theorems 1 and 2.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, the online-gradient-descent regret bound summed over all rounds and divided by TTT, produces ∑t≤TηtG2≈G2log⁡T/λ\sum_{t\le T}\eta_t G^2\approx G^2\log T/\lambda∑t≤T​ηt​G2≈G2logT/λ and so cannot avoid the logarithm. Discarding early iterates does not by itself help: the resulting bound depends on the distance E∥wt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2E∥wt​−w∗∥2 of the iterate at which the suffix starts, at the scale 1/t1/t1/t, and the regret analysis says nothing about individual iterates of a non-smooth problem.

The formal difficulties are probabilistic. The iterates are random vectors built by composing a measurable oracle with a projection defined by choice; conditioning on the past to evaluate E⟨g(wt,zt),wt−w∗⟩\mathbb E\langle g(w_t,z_t),w_t-w^*\rangleE⟨g(wt​,zt​),wt​−w∗⟩ requires the product structure of the sample; and every expectation must be shown finite, including that of F(wˉTα)F(\bar w^\alpha_T)F(wˉTα​) with FFF not assumed measurable.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean inner product (UnderstandingML.Vec d); the paper allows any Hilbert space.
  • Domain. W closed and convex with 0 ∈ W (the paper's w1=0∈Ww_1=0\in Ww1​=0∈W; closedness makes ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ well defined).
  • Strong convexity. Mathlib's StrongConvexOn W lam F with modulus λ2∥x−y∥2\frac\lambda2\|x-y\|^22λ​∥x−y∥2, equivalent to the paper's (1) when subgradients relative to WWW exist at every point, which the oracle provides.
  • Oracle. IsSubgradientOracleOn W F D g: for w∈Ww\in Ww∈W, g(w,⋅)g(w,\cdot)g(w,⋅) is integrable and its mean is a subgradient of FFF relative to WWW. The oracle is jointly measurable and DDD is a probability measure. The subgradient condition is not global: FFF is only assumed convex on WWW.
  • Second moment. ∫−∥g(w,z)∥2 dD≤G2\int^{-}\|g(w,z)\|^2\,dD\le G^2∫−∥g(w,z)∥2dD≤G2 at every w∈Ww\in Ww∈W (the paper's "regardless of how the iterates evolve"). Theorem 5's statement on p. 6 prints E∥g^t∥2≤G\mathbb E\|\hat g_t\|^2\le GE∥g^​t​∥2≤G; the standing assumption on p. 3 and the proof use G2G^2G2, which is what is formalized.
  • Indices. sgdStrongIterates … t is the paper's wt+1w_{t+1}wt+1​; the suffix average runs over indices k,…,T−1k,\dots,T-1k,…,T−1, k=(1−α)Tk=(1-\alpha)Tk=(1−α)T, passed as a natural number with (k:R)=(1−α)T(k:\mathbb R)=(1-\alpha)T(k:R)=(1−α)T, which encodes that αT\alpha TαT and (1−α)T(1-\alpha)T(1−α)T are integers.
  • Logarithm. Real.log, the natural logarithm.
  • Expectations. Every Bochner integral in a conclusion is accompanied by an integrability conjunct, and nonnegative quantities in Lemma 1 are lower Lebesgue integrals, so no bound holds through Lean's default value 000 for non-integrable functions. The bounds are stated for the expectation over S∼DTS\sim D^TS∼DT; a pathwise version, or one in which g^\hat gg^​ itself (rather than its mean) is a subgradient, would be a different and false or easier theorem.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: measurability of the projected iterates in the sample, the one-step conditional-expectation identity E⟨g(wt,zt),wt−w∗⟩=E⟨gˉ(wt),wt−w∗⟩\mathbb E\langle g(w_t,z_t),w_t-w^*\rangle=\mathbb E\langle\bar g(w_t),w_t-w^*\rangleE⟨g(wt​,zt​),wt​−w∗⟩=E⟨gˉ​(wt​),wt​−w∗⟩ for the product law, and the integral comparison ∑t=k+1T1/t≤log⁡(T/k)\sum_{t=k+1}^T 1/t\le\log(T/k)∑t=k+1T​1/t≤log(T/k). The first two are reusable for the companion missions on the same paper and for any SGD analysis built on sgdStrongIterates. Proofs of any milestone, and of reusable lemmas about iidLaw and sgdStrongIterates, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69 (2007) 169–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v19/hazan11a.html
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19 (2009) 1574–1609. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Ch. 14. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 3: SGD with Full Averaging Suffers an Ω(log(T)/T) Rate on a Non-Smooth Strongly Convex ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the standard first-order method for stochastic convex optimization and for training linear predictors on large data sets: at each step it queries a noisy subgradient of the objective, takes a step against it and projects back onto the feasible set. When the objective is strongly convex, the classical online-learning analysis of SGD with step sizes ηt=Θ(1/t)\eta_t=\Theta(1/t)ηt​=Θ(1/t) bounds the expected suboptimality of the averaged iterate wˉT=1T(w1+⋯+wT)\bar w_T=\frac1T(w_1+\dots+w_T)wˉT​=T1​(w1​+⋯+wT​) by O(log⁡(T)/T)O(\log(T)/T)O(log(T)/T) (Hazan, Agarwal, Kale 2007). The information-theoretically optimal rate for this problem class is O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and it is attained by other algorithms (Hazan, Kale 2011; Juditsky, Nesterov 2010).

This left a concrete question: is the logarithmic factor an artifact of the analysis, or a property of SGD with averaging? Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647v7, ICML 2012) answer it by exhibiting strongly convex problems on which averaged SGD provably loses the logarithm. The same paper shows that for objectives that are smooth at the optimum the averaged iterate attains O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and that averaging only a suffix of the iterates restores O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) in general. This mission is the lower-bound half of that picture; the two upper bounds are sibling missions of the same series.

Setting

Points live in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, d≥1d\ge1d≥1, with the Euclidean norm; for a point www, w1w_1w1​ denotes its first coordinate. A stochastic gradient oracle for an objective FFF returns, at a query point wtw_twt​, a random vector g^t\hat g_tg^​t​ whose mean is a subgradient of FFF at wtw_twt​. Projected SGD on a domain WWW with step sizes ηt=c/t\eta_t=c/tηt​=c/t, c>0c>0c>0, starts at a point w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W and sets

wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηtg^t),t=1,2,…,w_{t+1}=\Pi_W\big(w_t-\eta_t\hat g_t\big),\qquad t=1,2,\dots,wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g^​t​),t=1,2,…,

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. The output studied here is the average wˉT=1T(w1+⋯+wT)\bar w_T=\frac1T(w_1+\dots+w_T)wˉT​=T1​(w1​+⋯+wT​). Throughout, Z1,Z2,…Z_1,Z_2,\dotsZ1​,Z2​,… are independent random variables, each uniformly distributed on [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3].

Example A. W=[0,1]dW=[0,1]^dW=[0,1]d, F(w)=12∥w∥2+w1F(w)=\tfrac12\|w\|^2+w_1F(w)=21​∥w∥2+w1​, and the oracle returns g^t=wt+(Zt,0,…,0)\hat g_t=w_t+(Z_t,0,\dots,0)g^​t​=wt​+(Zt​,0,…,0). The global minimum over WWW is at w∗=0w^*=0w∗=0, a corner of the box.

Example B. W=[−1,1]dW=[-1,1]^dW=[−1,1]d and

F(w)=12∥w∥2+{w1w1≥0−7w1w1<0,g^t=wt+{(Zt,0,…,0)wt,1≥0(−7,0,…,0)wt,1<0.F(w)=\tfrac12\|w\|^2+\begin{cases}w_1&w_1\ge0\\-7w_1&w_1<0,\end{cases}\qquad \hat g_t=w_t+\begin{cases}(Z_t,0,\dots,0)&w_{t,1}\ge0\\(-7,0,\dots,0)&w_{t,1}<0.\end{cases}F(w)=21​∥w∥2+{w1​−7w1​​w1​≥0w1​<0,​g^​t​=wt​+{(Zt​,0,…,0)(−7,0,…,0)​wt,1​≥0wt,1​<0.​

Here FFF is 111-strongly convex and non-smooth along the hyperplane w1=0w_1=0w1​=0, and its minimizer w∗=0w^*=0w∗=0 lies in the interior of WWW. The oracle is state-dependent: which branch it uses depends on the sign of the first coordinate of the query point. In both examples E[g^t]\mathbb E[\hat g_t]E[g^​t​] is a subgradient of FFF at wtw_twt​ and E∥g^t∥2\mathbb E\|\hat g_t\|^2E∥g^​t​∥2 is bounded for fixed ddd.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 5)

In Example B, for every c>0c>0c>0, every starting point w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W with w1,1≥0w_{1,1}\ge0w1,1​≥0, T0=max⁡{2,6c+1}T_0=\max\{2,6c+1\}T0​=max{2,6c+1} and every integer T≥T0+2T\ge T_0+2T≥T0​+2,

E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)] ≥ 3c16T∑t=T0+2T1t−T0T.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T)-F(w^*)\big]\ \ge\ \frac{3c}{16T}\sum_{t=T_0+2}^{T}\frac1t-\frac{T_0}{T}.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)] ≥ 16T3c​t=T0​+2∑T​t1​−TT0​​.

For fixed ccc this is Ω(log⁡(T)/T)\Omega(\log(T)/T)Ω(log(T)/T). The goal is the paper's statement with its constants.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3 (p. 5). In Example A, for every c>0c>0c>0, every w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W, T0=max⁡{2,c/2}T_0=\max\{2,c/2\}T0​=max{2,c/2} and every integer T≥T0+1T\ge T_0+1T≥T0​+1,
E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)] ≥ c16T∑t=T0T−11t.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T)-F(w^*)\big]\ \ge\ \frac{c}{16T}\sum_{t=T_0}^{T-1}\frac1t.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)] ≥ 16Tc​t=T0​∑T−1​t1​.
  1. Eq. (9) (p. 16). The pathwise recursion of the first coordinate in Example B:
wt+1,1=Π[−1,1]((1−ct)wt,1−{Zt c/twt,1≥0−7c/twt,1<0).w_{t+1,1}=\Pi_{[-1,1]}\Big(\big(1-\tfrac ct\big)w_{t,1}-\begin{cases}Z_t\,c/t&w_{t,1}\ge0\\-7c/t&w_{t,1}<0\end{cases}\Big).wt+1,1​=Π[−1,1]​((1−tc​)wt,1​−{Zt​c/t−7c/t​wt,1​≥0wt,1​<0​).
  1. App. B.5, p. 17. In Example B, whenever c/t<1c/t<1c/t<1,
Pr⁡(wt,1∉[0,c/t] ∣ wt−1,1≥0) ≥ 34.\Pr\big(w_{t,1}\notin[0,c/t]\ \big|\ w_{t-1,1}\ge0\big)\ \ge\ \tfrac34 .Pr(wt,1​∈/[0,c/t] ​ wt−1,1​≥0) ≥ 43​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 shows that the O(log⁡(T)/T)O(\log(T)/T)O(log(T)/T) guarantee for SGD with full averaging is tight up to constants on strongly convex problems, even when the optimum is interior. It separates SGD with averaging from algorithms that reach O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and it is the reason the paper introduces α\alphaα-suffix averaging. It also explains why smoothness at the optimum (the paper's §3) matters: Example B is non-smooth exactly at w∗w^*w∗.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper but, as far as the platform's index shows, has no machine-checked proof. Formalization adds a verified lower bound with explicit constants. It also settles the paper's own argument. The printed proof of Theorem 4 relies on Lemma 4 (p. 16), whose first claim uses Zt≥−1Z_t\ge-1Zt​≥−1 where the recursion subtracts (c/t)Zt(c/t)Z_t(c/t)Zt​ with ZtZ_tZt​ up to 333, so Lemma 4 fails with positive probability. Theorem 4 is believed true, but a complete proof needs a repaired argument. Theorem 3's printed proof uses ηt≤1\eta_t\le1ηt​≤1 in step (8), while t≥T0t\ge T_0t≥T0​ only gives ηt≤2\eta_t\le2ηt​≤2. Numerical checks of Theorem 3 itself found no violation.

Difficulty

An expectation lower bound on the average needs control of every iterate wtw_twt​, not just of the last one, and the iterates form a non-linear Markov chain because of the projection and, in Example B, because of the state-dependent oracle. Upper-bound techniques do not transfer: they bound E∥wt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2E∥wt​−w∗∥2 from above, which says nothing about the sign of wt,1w_{t,1}wt,1​. In Example B, the natural first idea is to argue that wt,1w_{t,1}wt,1​ never stays negative, so that it behaves like the constrained Example A; this is the claim of the paper's Lemma 4, and as stated it does not hold, because a single noise draw near 333 can push the first coordinate below the level the lemma asserts. A proof must handle that event with explicit constants and still produce the T0/TT_0/TT0​/T slack of the statement.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is UnderstandingML.Vec d = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with [NeZero d]; the paper's first coordinate is index 0.
  • Projection. ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ onto the box [lo,hi]d[lo,hi]^d[lo,hi]d is coordinatewise clamping vi↦max⁡{lo,min⁡{hi,vi}}v_i\mapsto\max\{lo,\min\{hi,v_i\}\}vi​↦max{lo,min{hi,vi​}}, which is the Euclidean projection onto the box.
  • Indexing. sgdRun … k is the paper's wk+1w_{k+1}wk+1​; the step at index kkk uses ηk+1=c/(k+1)\eta_{k+1}=c/(k+1)ηk+1​=c/(k+1) and the noise value ZZZ at index kkk. The starting point is arbitrary (not 000), as in Theorems 3–4.
  • Noise. Each ZtZ_tZt​ has law ProbabilityTheory.cond volume (Set.Icc (-1) 3) (uniform on [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3]); a horizon-TTT sequence has the product law UnderstandingML.iidLaw. Expectations are Bochner integrals over it.
  • Constants and ranges. c>0c>0c>0 is the only condition on ccc. T0T_0T0​ is real; TTT is a natural number; ∑t=T0T−1\sum_{t=T_0}^{T-1}∑t=T0​T−1​ is over the integers ⌈T0⌉≤t≤T−1\lceil T_0\rceil\le t\le T-1⌈T0​⌉≤t≤T−1, and ∑t=T0+2T\sum_{t=T_0+2}^{T}∑t=T0​+2T​ over ⌈T0⌉+2≤t≤T\lceil T_0\rceil+2\le t\le T⌈T0​⌉+2≤t≤T. F(w∗)F(w^*)F(w∗) is written F(0)F(0)F(0).
  • No junk integrals. Theorems 3 and 4 also assert integrability of F(wˉT)−F(0)F(\bar w_T)-F(0)F(wˉT​)−F(0), so the inequality cannot hold because an integral defaulted to 000. The probability milestone is stated multiplicatively, Pr⁡(A∩B)≥34Pr⁡(B)\Pr(A\cap B)\ge\frac34\Pr(B)Pr(A∩B)≥43​Pr(B), rather than through ProbabilityTheory.cond, which would be the zero measure on a null conditioning event.
  • Not trivializable. The examples (the constant 777, the noise interval [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3], the boxes [0,1]d[0,1]^d[0,1]d, [−1,1]d[-1,1]^d[−1,1]d) are fixed by the paper; replacing the oracle or the domain is a different theorem. Since F(wˉT)≥F(0)F(\bar w_T)\ge F(0)F(wˉT​)≥F(0) always, Theorem 4 is immediate whenever its right-hand side is negative, but it is a non-trivial inequality for large TTT, and the statement quantifies over all T≥T0+2T\ge T_0+2T≥T0​+2.
  • Not posed. Lemma 4 (false as stated), step (8) of App. B.4, and Eq. (10) with the displays after it in App. B.5 (they depend on Lemma 4).
  • Infrastructure. Measurability of the SGD run in the noise sequence, independence of ZtZ_tZt​ from the past iterates under the product law, and probabilities of intervals under the uniform law are reusable for any analysis of SGD on explicit examples. Proofs of the milestones, a repaired proof of Lemma 4's role, and a complete proof of Theorem 4 are all welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647v7
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v19/hazan11a.html
  • A. Juditsky, Y. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for minimizing uniformly convex functions, 2010. https://hal.science/hal-00508933
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming I: A Joint-Scaling Primal-Dual Long Step Lowers the Potential (ν + ρ) ln⟨s, x⟩ + F(x) + F∗(s) by at Least √3/2 − ln(1 + √3/2)Research Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods solve linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programs in polynomial time, and they are the engine of most conic optimization software. The general theory of Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) covers any convex cone with a self-concordant barrier, but its methods are essentially primal and short-step: their analysis controls the barrier only inside a unit Dikin ellipsoid around the current point. Practical codes for linear programming, in contrast, use symmetric primal-dual methods that take long steps, a large fraction of the way to the boundary.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) isolated the class of cones and barriers for which the primal-dual long-step theory of linear programming carries over: self-scaled cones with self-scaled barriers. The class contains the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone and the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, and their products. This mission formalizes the paper's §8 result: a primal-dual potential-reduction method with joint scaling decreases a symmetric potential function by an absolute constant at every iteration, which yields an O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound.

Timeline. Todd and Ye (1990) introduced the symmetric primal-dual potential function for linear programming with a short-step method. Kojima, Mizuno and Yoshise (1991) gave a symmetric long-step primal-dual potential-reduction method for linear complementarity problems; their Lemma 2.5 is the linear-programming case of the key inequality posed here. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994, §4.5) extended Ye's non-symmetric method to general cones. Nesterov and Todd (1997) extended the method of Kojima et al. to self-scaled cones; the companion paper (1998) treats short-step and functional-proximity variants.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with dual E∗E^*E∗ and pairing ⟨s,x⟩\langle s,x\rangle⟨s,x⟩. Let K⊂EK\subset EK⊂E be a proper cone: closed, convex, with nonempty interior, and pointed (it contains no line). Its dual cone is K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}K^*=\{s:\langle s,x\rangle\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}.

A ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier for KKK is a convex C3C^3C3 function FFF on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK that tends to +∞+\infty+∞ at the boundary, satisfies the self-concordance inequality ∣F′′′(x)[h,h,h]∣≤2⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩3/2|F'''(x)[h,h,h]|\le2\langle F''(x)h,h\rangle^{3/2}∣F′′′(x)[h,h,h]∣≤2⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩3/2, the bound ⟨F′(x),h⟩2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩\langle F'(x),h\rangle^2\le\nu\langle F''(x)h,h\rangle⟨F′(x),h⟩2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩, and F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x)=F(x)-\nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ for τ>0\tau>0τ>0. Its conjugate barrier is

F∗(s)=max⁡{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x):x∈int⁡K},s∈int⁡K∗.F_*(s)=\max\{-\langle s,x\rangle-F(x):x\in\operatorname{int}K\},\qquad s\in\operatorname{int}K^*.F∗​(s)=max{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x):x∈intK},s∈intK∗.

FFF is ν\nuν-self-scaled (Definition 2.1) if for all v,x∈int⁡Kv,x\in\operatorname{int}Kv,x∈intK, F′′(v)x∈int⁡K∗F''(v)x\in\operatorname{int}K^*F′′(v)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(v)x)=F(x)−2F(v)−νF_*(F''(v)x)=F(x)-2F(v)-\nuF∗​(F′′(v)x)=F(x)−2F(v)−ν. For x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK, s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗ the scaling point is the w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK with F′′(w)x=sF''(w)x=sF′′(w)x=s.

The distance to the boundary is measured by

σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K},σs∗(q)=min⁡{β≥0:βs−q∈K∗},\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\},\qquad\sigma^*_s(q)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta s-q\in K^*\},σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K},σs∗​(q)=min{β≥0:βs−q∈K∗},

so x−αp∈int⁡Kx-\alpha p\in\operatorname{int}Kx−αp∈intK for α∈[0,1/σx(p))\alpha\in[0,1/\sigma_x(p))α∈[0,1/σx​(p)); local norms are ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2.

The problem is the primal-dual pair min⁡{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}\min\{\langle c,x\rangle:Ax=b,\ x\in K\}min{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}, max⁡{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗}\max\{\langle b,y\rangle:A^*y+s=c,\ s\in K^*\}max{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗} with AAA surjective. For ρ≥ν\rho\ge\sqrt\nuρ≥ν​ the primal-dual potential is

ϕ(x,s)=(ν+ρ)ln⁡⟨s,x⟩+F(x)+F∗(s).\phi(x,s)=(\nu+\rho)\ln\langle s,x\rangle+F(x)+F_*(s).ϕ(x,s)=(ν+ρ)ln⟨s,x⟩+F(x)+F∗​(s).

One iteration from a strictly feasible (x,y,s)(x,y,s)(x,y,s): take the scaling point www and σ=σx(w)\sigma=\sigma_x(w)σ=σx​(w); solve

F′′(w)Δx+Δs=ν+ρ⟨s,x⟩s+F′(x),AΔx=0,A∗Δy+Δs=0;(8.1)F''(w)\Delta x+\Delta s=\tfrac{\nu+\rho}{\langle s,x\rangle}s+F'(x),\qquad A\Delta x=0,\qquad A^*\Delta y+\Delta s=0;\qquad(8.1)F′′(w)Δx+Δs=⟨s,x⟩ν+ρ​s+F′(x),AΔx=0,A∗Δy+Δs=0;(8.1)

put σˉ=max⁡{σx(Δx),σs∗(Δs)}\bar\sigma=\max\{\sigma_x(\Delta x),\sigma^*_s(\Delta s)\}σˉ=max{σx​(Δx),σs∗​(Δs)}, αˉ=1/(σ2+σˉ)\bar\alpha=1/(\sigma^2+\bar\sigma)αˉ=1/(σ2+σˉ), and accept any α\alphaα with ϕ(x−αΔx,s−αΔs)≤ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs)\phi(x-\alpha\Delta x,s-\alpha\Delta s)\le\phi(x-\bar\alpha\Delta x,s-\bar\alpha\Delta s)ϕ(x−αΔx,s−αΔs)≤ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.2

ϕ(x−αˉΔx, s−αˉΔs)≤ϕ(x,s)−32+ln⁡(1+32),\phi(x-\bar\alpha\Delta x,\,s-\bar\alpha\Delta s)\le\phi(x,s)-\frac{\sqrt3}{2}+\ln\Big(1+\frac{\sqrt3}{2}\Big),ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs)≤ϕ(x,s)−23​​+ln(1+23​​),

with x−αˉΔx∈int⁡Kx-\bar\alpha\Delta x\in\operatorname{int}Kx−αˉΔx∈intK and s−αˉΔs∈int⁡K∗s-\bar\alpha\Delta s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s−αˉΔs∈intK∗, and the same bound for every accepted step α\alphaα, whose iterate is again strictly feasible. The constant 3/2−ln⁡(1+3/2)≈0.243\sqrt3/2-\ln(1+\sqrt3/2)\approx0.2433​/2−ln(1+3​/2)≈0.243 is the paper's.

Milestones

In attack order: the structure of Hessians (Theorem 3.1), existence and uniqueness of scaling points (Theorem 3.2), convexity of −⟨F′(⋅),v⟩-\langle F'(\cdot),v\rangle−⟨F′(⋅),v⟩ (Lemma 3.1) and the third-derivative bounds (Corollary 3.2 (i)–(ii)); the long-step Hessian comparison (Theorem 4.1), its corollaries (Corollary 4.1 (i)–(ii)), the barrier estimate (4.8) (Theorem 4.2) and the scalar monotonicity facts (Proposition 4.1); separability along orthogonal boundary directions (Lemma 5.1, Theorem 5.1) and the key inequality

⟨F′(x),F∗′(s)⟩≥ν(ν−1)⟨s,x⟩+34σx2(w)(Theorem 5.2);\langle F'(x),F_*'(s)\rangle\ge\frac{\nu(\nu-1)}{\langle s,x\rangle}+\frac34\sigma_x^2(w)\qquad(\text{Theorem 5.2});⟨F′(x),F∗′​(s)⟩≥⟨s,x⟩ν(ν−1)​+43​σx2​(w)(Theorem 5.2);

and unique solvability of the projection system (Proposition 6.1).

Significance

A constant decrease of ϕ\phiϕ per iteration gives, through the bound of Nesterov–Nemirovskii (Theorem 8.1 of the paper), primal and dual solutions within ϵ\epsilonϵ of optimal in O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iterations when ρ=γν\rho=\gamma\sqrt\nuρ=γν​, with step sizes that are long (a fixed fraction of the distance to the boundary) rather than confined to a Dikin ellipsoid. Theorems 4.1–4.2 and 5.2 are reused by the potential-reduction and path-following analyses of the same paper and by later work on symmetric cones.

The results are proved in the paper. They are not formalized anywhere known to us: Mathlib has no self-concordant barriers, and the platform has the definitions of self-scaled barriers (from the companion 1998 paper) but none of these theorems. The mission produces machine-checked versions of the paper's structure theory of self-scaled barriers (§§3–5) and of the per-iteration decrease of its primal-dual method.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt bounds the change of FFF and F∗F_*F∗​ along the step by self-concordance alone. Self-concordance controls F′′(x−αp)F''(x-\alpha p)F′′(x−αp) only for ∥αp∥x<1\|\alpha p\|_x<1∥αp∥x​<1, so it cannot certify a step of length αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ, which may be far outside the Dikin ellipsoid. The long-step analysis needs Theorem 4.1, which compares Hessians all the way to the boundary and holds for self-scaled barriers but fails for general self-concordant ones. The constant decrease then needs a lower bound on μ/σ\mu/\sigmaμ/σ, where μ\muμ is the scaled norm of the right-hand side of (8.1); that bound is Theorem 5.2, whose proof rests on the separability of FFF along orthogonal boundary directions (Theorem 5.1), a structural property with no analogue for general barriers.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces. E=E∗=RnE=E^*=\mathbb R^nE=E∗=Rn and Y=Y∗=RmY=Y^*=\mathbb R^mY=Y∗=Rm (EuclideanSpace), identified through the inner product; A∗A^*A∗ is ContinuousLinearMap.adjoint A. F′′F''F′′ is hess F (derivative of gradient F), F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[u] is fderiv ℝ (hess F) x u, [F′′(v)]−1[F''(v)]^{-1}[F′′(v)]−1 is ContinuousLinearMap.inverse.
  • Published setting reused. IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, conj, IsScalingPoint, IsPrimalStrict, IsDualStrict, sigma, lnorm (SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep), and ConvexOptimization.dualCone. The barrier definition includes nondegeneracy of F′′F''F′′ on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK, which follows from the other axioms for a pointed cone. conj K F is a supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK and is only evaluated at points of int⁡K∗\operatorname{int}K^*intK∗. σ\sigmaσ is an infimum, equal to the page's minimum at interior centres.
  • Standing binders. Every theorem except Proposition 4.1 assumes IsProperCone K, IsSelfScaledBarrier K F ν and ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1; the paper derives ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 from pointedness.
  • Conventions. Operator inequalities are quadratic-form inequalities. Step ranges α∈[0,1/σx(p))\alpha\in[0,1/\sigma_x(p))α∈[0,1/σx​(p)) are encoded as 0≤α0\le\alpha0≤α, ασx(p)<1\alpha\sigma_x(p)<1ασx​(p)<1. Scaling points and search directions are data satisfying their equations; their existence is Theorem 3.2 and Proposition 6.1. "Monotonically" in Proposition 4.1 is read strictly.
  • Goal form. Theorem 8.2 is stated for one iteration from any strictly feasible pair. It asserts that the αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ-step is strictly interior and achieves the bound. Without that clause, a goal asserting the bound only for steps accepted by rule (c) would be vacuous whenever no step is accepted, since F∗F_*F∗​ and ln⁡\lnln take junk values off their domains.
  • New definitions (SelfScaledLongStep.PrimalDual.Defs): the projection system (6.4), the potential ϕ\phiϕ, the system (8.1), σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ and αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ. The projection system is shared, under the same name, with the other missions of this series.
  • Contributions welcome: calculus of self-concordant barriers on cones (C³ smoothness, logarithmic homogeneity identities, Legendre duality between FFF and F∗F_*F∗​), which is reusable for any interior-point formalization; proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • M. Kojima, S. Mizuno and A. Yoshise, An O(nL)O(\sqrt n L)O(n​L) iteration potential reduction algorithm for linear complementarity problems, Mathematical Programming 50, 1991, 331–342. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01594942
  • M. J. Todd and Y. Ye, A centered projective algorithm for linear programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 15(3), 1990, 508–529. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.15.3.508
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Convex Risk Functions 2: On a Banach Lattice, a Proper Convex Monotone Risk Function Is Continuous and Subdifferentiable on the Interior of Its DomainResearch Paper

Motivation

Risk-averse stochastic optimization replaces the expected cost E[X]\mathbb E[X]E[X] of an uncertain outcome XXX by a risk function ρ(X)\rho(X)ρ(X): conditional value-at-risk, mean–semideviation and mean–upper-semideviation models, and the coherent and convex risk measures of Artzner, Delbaen, Eber and Heath and of Föllmer and Schied. Ruszczyński and Shapiro, Optimization of convex risk functions (Math. Oper. Res. 31, 2006), develop the convex analysis of such functions on general spaces of random variables, so that they can be used inside optimization problems min⁡z∈Sρ(F(z))\min_{z\in S}\rho(F(z))minz∈S​ρ(F(z)).

Optimality conditions, duality and sensitivity analysis for such problems need two regularity properties of ρ\rhoρ: continuity, and the existence of subgradients that are continuous linear functionals. For extended-valued convex functions on infinite-dimensional spaces neither comes for free. The standard sufficient condition, boundedness from above on a neighbourhood of a point (Ioffe and Tikhomirov), often cannot be used: the paper notes (p. 436) that the cone of nonnegative functions in Lp(Rm,B,μ)\mathcal L_p(\mathbb R^m,\mathcal B,\mu)Lp​(Rm,B,μ), p∈[1,+∞)p\in[1,+\infty)p∈[1,+∞), μ\muμ a continuous probability measure, has empty interior. Section 3.1 shows instead that for monotone convex risk functions on a Banach lattice both properties follow from convexity and monotonicity alone. This mission formalizes that result, Proposition 3.1, and its Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ instance, Corollary 3.1.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a real vector space with a partial order ⪰\succeq⪰, and R‾=[−∞,+∞]\overline{\mathbb R}=[-\infty,+\infty]R=[−∞,+∞]. Outcomes are costs: smaller is better. A function ρ:X→R‾\rho:\mathcal X\to\overline{\mathbb R}ρ:X→R has domain dom⁡ρ={X:ρ(X)<+∞}\operatorname{dom}\rho=\{X:\rho(X)<+\infty\}domρ={X:ρ(X)<+∞} and is proper if ρ(X)>−∞\rho(X)>-\inftyρ(X)>−∞ for all XXX and dom⁡ρ≠∅\operatorname{dom}\rho\neq\emptysetdomρ=∅. The paper's axioms used here are

  • (A1) convexity: ρ(αX+(1−α)Y)≤αρ(X)+(1−α)ρ(Y)\rho(\alpha X+(1-\alpha)Y)\le\alpha\rho(X)+(1-\alpha)\rho(Y)ρ(αX+(1−α)Y)≤αρ(X)+(1−α)ρ(Y) for all X,Y∈XX,Y\in\mathcal XX,Y∈X and α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1];
  • (A2) monotonicity: if Y⪰XY\succeq XY⪰X then ρ(Y)≥ρ(X)\rho(Y)\ge\rho(X)ρ(Y)≥ρ(X).

A linear functional l:X→Rl:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rl:X→R, not necessarily continuous, is an algebraic subgradient of ρ\rhoρ at Xˉ\bar XXˉ if

ρ(X)≥ρ(Xˉ)+l(X−Xˉ)∀X∈X.(3.1)\rho(X)\ge\rho(\bar X)+l(X-\bar X)\qquad\forall X\in\mathcal X.\tag{3.1}ρ(X)≥ρ(Xˉ)+l(X−Xˉ)∀X∈X.(3.1)

When X\mathcal XX is a Banach space it carries its norm topology and is paired with its dual Y:=X∗\mathcal Y:=\mathcal X^*Y:=X∗. The subdifferential ∂ρ(Xˉ)\partial\rho(\bar X)∂ρ(Xˉ) is the set of continuous l∈X∗l\in\mathcal X^*l∈X∗ satisfying (3.1), and ρ\rhoρ is subdifferentiable at Xˉ\bar XXˉ if ∂ρ(Xˉ)≠∅\partial\rho(\bar X)\neq\emptyset∂ρ(Xˉ)=∅.

A Banach lattice is a real Banach space X\mathcal XX whose order makes it a lattice, compatible with addition, such that ∣X1∣≤∣X2∣|X_1|\le|X_2|∣X1​∣≤∣X2​∣ implies ∥X1∥≤∥X2∥\|X_1\|\le\|X_2\|∥X1​∥≤∥X2​∥. Every Lp(Ω,F,μˉ)\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,\bar\mu)Lp​(Ω,F,μˉ​), p∈[1,+∞]p\in[1,+\infty]p∈[1,+∞], with the almost-everywhere order, is one.

In Lean everything lives in the namespace ConvexRiskFn.Cont: dom, IsProper, A1, A2, IsAlgSubgradient and subdiff are defined in the setting file.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.1 (p. 437)

Let X\mathcal XX be a Banach lattice and ρ:X→R‾\rho:\mathcal X\to\overline{\mathbb R}ρ:X→R proper, satisfying (A1) and (A2). Then

ρ is continuous on int⁡(dom⁡ρ),∂ρ(Xˉ)≠∅  for every Xˉ∈int⁡(dom⁡ρ).\rho \text{ is continuous on } \operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho), \qquad \partial\rho(\bar X)\neq\emptyset \ \text{ for every } \bar X\in\operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho).ρ is continuous on int(domρ),∂ρ(Xˉ)=∅  for every Xˉ∈int(domρ).

Milestones (the steps of the paper's argument, pp. 436–437)

  1. At Xˉ∈int⁡(dom⁡ρ)\bar X\in\operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho)Xˉ∈int(domρ) the directional derivative δ(X)=ρ′(Xˉ,X)=lim⁡t↓0(ρ(Xˉ+tX)−ρ(Xˉ))/t\delta(X)=\rho'(\bar X,X)=\lim_{t\downarrow0}(\rho(\bar X+tX)-\rho(\bar X))/tδ(X)=ρ′(Xˉ,X)=limt↓0​(ρ(Xˉ+tX)−ρ(Xˉ))/t is finite, positively homogeneous and convex, and ρ(X)≥ρ(Xˉ)+δ(X−Xˉ)\rho(X)\ge\rho(\bar X)+\delta(X-\bar X)ρ(X)≥ρ(Xˉ)+δ(X−Xˉ).
  2. ρ\rhoρ has an algebraic subgradient at every Xˉ∈int⁡(dom⁡ρ)\bar X\in\operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho)Xˉ∈int(domρ).
  3. Under (A2) an algebraic subgradient is positive: l(X)≥0l(X)\ge0l(X)≥0 for X⪰0X\succeq0X⪰0.
  4. (Levin) Every positive linear functional on a Banach lattice is continuous.
  5. If l∈∂ρ(Xˉ)l\in\partial\rho(\bar X)l∈∂ρ(Xˉ), then ρ\rhoρ is lower semicontinuous at Xˉ\bar XXˉ.
  6. (Phelps) A proper convex ρ\rhoρ on a Banach space that is lower semicontinuous at every point of int⁡(dom⁡ρ)\operatorname{int}(\operatorname{dom}\rho)int(domρ) is continuous there.

Companions

  • Corollary 3.1 (p. 437): for X=Lp(Ω,F,μˉ)\mathcal X=\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,\bar\mu)X=Lp​(Ω,F,μˉ​), p∈[1,+∞)p\in[1,+\infty)p∈[1,+∞), paired with Lq\mathcal L_qLq​, the same conclusion, with subgradients represented by g∈Lqg\in\mathcal L_qg∈Lq​ through ∫g (X−Xˉ) dμˉ\int g\,(X-\bar X)\,d\bar\mu∫g(X−Xˉ)dμˉ​.
  • Real-valued case (p. 437): if moreover ρ(X)<+∞\rho(X)<+\inftyρ(X)<+∞ for every XXX, then ρ\rhoρ is continuous on all of X\mathcal XX and subdifferentiable everywhere.

Significance

Proposition 3.1 removes lower semicontinuity from the list of assumptions a modeller has to check. In the paper's framework, the dual representation ρ(X)=sup⁡μ∈A{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}\rho(X)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal A}\{\langle\mu,X\rangle-\rho^*(\mu)\}ρ(X)=supμ∈A​{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)} (Theorem 2.2) requires lower semicontinuity. The subdifferential formulas, the Hadamard directional differentiability of composite functions ρ(F(z))\rho(F(z))ρ(F(z)) and the optimality conditions of §§3.2 and 6 require continuity or subdifferentiability at the point of interest. On Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ spaces, Corollary 3.1 gives all of these on the interior of the domain from (A1) and (A2) alone, for example for real-valued convex monotone risk functions such as the mean–upper-semideviation and conditional value-at-risk models of §4.

The result is proved in the paper, so the formalization adds no new mathematics. It does add two classical functional-analytic facts that the paper cites without proof: automatic continuity of positive functionals on Banach lattices, and continuity of lower semicontinuous convex functions on open subsets of Banach spaces, here for extended-real-valued functions. As far as a search of Mathlib and of the platform shows, neither is formalized in this generality. Mathlib's continuity result for convex functions is finite-dimensional. Mathlib has the Hahn–Banach extension theorem but no theory of positive functionals on Banach lattices.

Difficulty

An algebraic subgradient exists at an interior point by Hahn–Banach applied to the directional derivative, and in a general Banach space it may be discontinuous. Continuity cannot come from local boundedness either: the usual criterion (bounded above near a point) is exactly what fails for natural examples, since positive cones in Lp\mathcal L_pLp​, p<∞p<\inftyp<∞, have empty interior. The order structure has to do the work. Monotonicity forces the subgradient to be positive, and positivity forces continuity on a Banach lattice. That last step needs completeness and solidity of the norm. Without them, positive linear functionals need not be continuous, for example on the space of finitely supported sequences.

The second difficulty is passing from lower semicontinuity at each interior point to continuity on the interior. For a convex function this needs a Baire category argument on the Banach space, and completeness cannot be dropped.

Formalization scope

  • The Banach lattice is abstract: a type E with NormedAddCommGroup, NormedSpace ℝ, CompleteSpace, Lattice, HasSolidNorm (the solidity condition) and IsOrderedAddMonoid. This is the paper's definition, and it contains the paper's function spaces, so the formal goal is a generalization. Compatibility of the order with multiplication by nonnegative scalars is not assumed; it follows from these axioms.
  • R‾\overline{\mathbb R}R is EReal. Convexity (A1) is written with EReal arithmetic, which agrees with the paper's for proper functions. Continuity on the interior is continuity of an EReal-valued function in the order topology. On the interior the function is finite, so this is ordinary continuity.
  • Subgradients in the goal are continuous linear functionals E →L[ℝ] ℝ, i.e. Y=X∗\mathcal Y=\mathcal X^*Y=X∗. A version stating only an algebraic (possibly discontinuous) subgradient would be the easy half of the result and is not the goal; it is milestone 2.
  • The interior of the domain may be empty. The goal is then vacuous, as on the page. The domain is never assumed to be all of X\mathcal XX, except in the real-valued companion, where the page assumes it.
  • Corollary 3.1 uses Mathlib's Lp ℝ p μbar (a.e. classes) with a finite measure μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ (the paper's measures are finite, p. 434) and p≠∞p\neq\inftyp=∞. Its subgradient is a function ggg with MemLp g q μbar for the Hölder conjugate qqq, paired by the integral.
  • Needed infrastructure: one-sided directional derivatives of extended-valued convex functions, Hahn–Banach for sublinear functionals (exists_extension_of_le_sublinear in Mathlib), positive functionals on Banach lattices, and the Baire-category continuity theorem for convex lower semicontinuous functions. The last two are reusable well beyond risk functions. Contributions proving any milestone, or proving the Phelps or Levin step in greater generality, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ruszczyński, A. Shapiro, Optimization of convex risk functions, Mathematics of Operations Research 31(3):433–452, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0186
  • V. L. Levin, Convex Analysis in Spaces of Measurable Functions and Its Applications in Economics, Nauka, Moscow, 1985 (cited as [11]: Lemma 1.1, Theorem 0.12).
  • R. R. Phelps, Convex Functions, Monotone Operators and Differentiability, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1364, Springer, 1989 (cited as [19]: Theorem 3.3).
  • A. D. Ioffe, V. M. Tihomirov, Theory of Extremal Problems, North-Holland, 1979 (cited as [9]).
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber, D. Heath, Coherent measures of risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3):203–228, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Convex measures of risk and trading constraints, Finance and Stochastics 6(4):429–447, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s007800200072
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal and Dual Linear Decision Rules in Stochastic and Robust Optimization 2: With Random Recourse, the SDP (3.14) Conservatively Approximates the Linear Decision Rule Problem, Exactly for l = 1Research Paper

Linear decision rules for stochastic programs with random recourse

In a one-stage stochastic program a decision maker observes a random outcome ξ\xiξ and then picks a decision x(ξ)x(\xi)x(ξ), subject to constraints that depend on ξ\xiξ, so as to minimize expected cost. The optimization variable is a whole function xxx, and computing the optimal value is #P-hard even for a uniform distribution on the unit cube (Dyer and Stougie, 2006, cited in the paper as [16, Theorem 3.2]). A standard tractable approximation, introduced for robust optimization by Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer and Nemirovski (2004) and carried to stochastic programming by Shapiro–Nemirovski and Chen–Sim–Sun, restricts decisions to linear decision rules x(ξ)=Xξx(\xi)=X\xix(ξ)=Xξ. This restriction gives an upper bound on the optimal value.

Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou (2009/2011) study these approximations systematically. Their §3 treats the case where the constraint matrix itself depends on ξ\xiξ (random recourse). Linear decisions then produce constraints that are quadratic in ξ\xiξ, and the paper reformulates the resulting semi-infinite problem as a semidefinite program. This mission formalizes that reformulation, the primal half of the paper's Theorem 2.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability measure P\mathbb PP on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, with outcomes ξ\xiξ. The support Ξ\XiΞ of P\mathbb PP is the smallest closed set of probability one. It is assumed to have the form

Ξ={ξ∈Rk: e1⊤ξ=1,  ξ⊤Wℓξ≥0, ℓ=1,…,l}(3.11)\Xi=\{\xi\in\mathbb R^k:\ e_1^\top\xi=1,\ \ \xi^\top W_\ell\xi\ge0,\ \ell=1,\dots,l\}\qquad(3.11)Ξ={ξ∈Rk: e1⊤​ξ=1,  ξ⊤Wℓ​ξ≥0, ℓ=1,…,l}(3.11)

for symmetric matrices W1,…,WlW_1,\dots,W_lW1​,…,Wl​, where e1e_1e1​ is the first standard basis vector. The first coordinate of every outcome is therefore 111, so linear functions of ξ\xiξ are affine functions of the remaining coordinates. Ξ\XiΞ is assumed nonempty and bounded, and its linear hull is assumed to be Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Let S\mathbb SS denote the symmetric k×kk\times kk×k matrices and M=E(ξξ⊤)M=\mathbb E(\xi\xi^\top)M=E(ξξ⊤) the second-moment matrix.

The data are C∈Rn×kC\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}C∈Rn×k (cost c(ξ)=Cξc(\xi)=C\xic(ξ)=Cξ), B∈Rm×kB\in\mathbb R^{m\times k}B∈Rm×k (right-hand side b(ξ)=Bξb(\xi)=B\xib(ξ)=Bξ, with rows bμ⊤b_\mu^\topbμ⊤​), and A1,…,Am∈Rk×nA_1,\dots,A_m\in\mathbb R^{k\times n}A1​,…,Am​∈Rk×n, where the μ\muμth row of the recourse matrix A(ξ)A(\xi)A(ξ) is ξ⊤Aμ\xi^\top A_\muξ⊤Aμ​. The stochastic program SP\mathcal{SP}SP minimizes E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ))\mathbb E(c(\xi)^\top x(\xi))E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ)) over square-integrable xxx subject to A(ξ)x(ξ)≤b(ξ)A(\xi)x(\xi)\le b(\xi)A(ξ)x(ξ)≤b(ξ) almost surely. It is strictly feasible if some square-integrable xˉ,sˉ\bar x,\bar sxˉ,sˉ and some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 satisfy A(ξ)xˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ)A(\xi)\bar x(\xi)+\bar s(\xi)=b(\xi)A(ξ)xˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ) and sˉ(ξ)≥εe\bar s(\xi)\ge\varepsilon esˉ(ξ)≥εe almost surely.

With linear decisions XξX\xiXξ and quadratic slacks ξ⊤Sμξ\xi^\top S_\mu\xiξ⊤Sμ​ξ, Sμ∈SS_\mu\in\mathbb SSμ​∈S, one obtains the primal approximation

SPu:min⁡ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  ξ⊤AμXξ+ξ⊤Sμξ=bμ⊤ξ,  ξ⊤Sμξ≥0  P-a.s., μ=1,…,m,\mathcal{SP}^u:\quad \min\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \xi^\top A_\mu X\xi+\xi^\top S_\mu\xi=b_\mu^\top\xi,\ \ \xi^\top S_\mu\xi\ge0\ \ \mathbb P\text{-a.s.},\ \mu=1,\dots,m,SPu:min Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  ξ⊤Aμ​Xξ+ξ⊤Sμ​ξ=bμ⊤​ξ,  ξ⊤Sμ​ξ≥0  P-a.s., μ=1,…,m,

and the SDP (3.14)

min⁡ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  12(AμX+X⊤Aμ⊤)+Sμ=12(e1bμ⊤+bμe1⊤),  Sμ−∑ℓΛμℓWℓ⪰0,  Λ≥0.\min\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \tfrac12(A_\mu X+X^\top A_\mu^\top)+S_\mu=\tfrac12(e_1b_\mu^\top+b_\mu e_1^\top),\ \ S_\mu-\textstyle\sum_\ell\Lambda_{\mu\ell}W_\ell\succeq0,\ \ \Lambda\ge0 .min Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  21​(Aμ​X+X⊤Aμ⊤​)+Sμ​=21​(e1​bμ⊤​+bμ​e1⊤​),  Sμ​−∑ℓ​Λμℓ​Wℓ​⪰0,  Λ≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, primal half (p. 17)

Feas⁡(3.14) projects into Feas⁡SPu,val⁡SPu≤val⁡(3.14),\operatorname{Feas}(3.14)\ \text{projects into}\ \operatorname{Feas}\mathcal{SP}^u,\qquad \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u\le\operatorname{val}(3.14),Feas(3.14) projects into FeasSPu,valSPu≤val(3.14), l=1 and SP strictly feasible ⟹ val⁡SPu=val⁡(3.14).l=1\ \text{and}\ \mathcal{SP}\ \text{strictly feasible}\ \Longrightarrow\ \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u=\operatorname{val}(3.14).l=1 and SP strictly feasible ⟹ valSPu=val(3.14).

Milestones

  1. §3.2, (3.13), p. 12. The μ\muμth equality constraint of SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu holds almost surely if and only if Hμ:=12(AμX+X⊤Aμ⊤−e1bμ⊤−bμe1⊤)+Sμ=0H_\mu:=\tfrac12(A_\mu X+X^\top A_\mu^\top-e_1b_\mu^\top-b_\mu e_1^\top)+S_\mu=0Hμ​:=21​(Aμ​X+X⊤Aμ⊤​−e1​bμ⊤​−bμ​e1⊤​)+Sμ​=0.
  2. Lemma 1 (S-lemma), p. 12. If ξˉ⊤Wξˉ>0\bar\xi^\top W\bar\xi>0ξˉ​⊤Wξˉ​>0 for some ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​, then [ξ⊤Wξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0]  ⟺  ∃λ≥0: S⪰λW[\xi^\top W\xi\ge0\Rightarrow\xi^\top S\xi\ge0]\iff\exists\lambda\ge0:\ S\succeq\lambda W[ξ⊤Wξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0]⟺∃λ≥0: S⪰λW. This is linked to the platform's proved S-procedure, of which it is the homogeneous case.
  3. Proposition 6, p. 12. For symmetric SSS: ∃λ≥0\exists\lambda\ge0∃λ≥0 with S−∑ℓλℓWℓ⪰0S-\sum_\ell\lambda_\ell W_\ell\succeq0S−∑ℓ​λℓ​Wℓ​⪰0 implies ξ⊤Sξ≥0\xi^\top S\xi\ge0ξ⊤Sξ≥0 almost surely, and the converse holds when l=1l=1l=1.

Significance

The theorem replaces a problem with infinitely many constraints, one per outcome, by a semidefinite program with O(mk2+ml)O(mk^2+ml)O(mk2+ml) variables. Its value is always an upper bound on SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu, and hence on SP\mathcal{SP}SP. When the support is a single ellipsoid in the hyperplane e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1 (l=1l=1l=1), the bound loses nothing beyond the restriction to linear decisions. For l>1l>1l>1 the gap is unavoidable in general: an exact tractable reformulation would decide copositivity, which is NP-hard (Remark 7). Random recourse arises whenever technology or yield coefficients are uncertain, for example in production planning and portfolio problems with uncertain returns.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization adds a precise statement of the hypotheses. Writing those hypotheses out showed that the unnumbered §3.2 step needs Ξ\XiΞ to have dimension k−1k-1k−1, which spanning alone does not give for nonconvex Ξ\XiΞ (see Formalization scope). The other half of Theorem 2, about the lower-bounding SDP (3.18), is false in this preprint and is not part of the mission.

Difficulty

The semi-infinite constraints hold only P\mathbb PP-almost surely. The first step is to pass from "almost surely" to "for every ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ", which uses that Ξ\XiΞ is exactly the support and that the constraint functions are continuous. A bound P(Ξ)=1\mathbb P(\Xi)=1P(Ξ)=1 alone is not enough. For the equality constraints, a quadratic form that vanishes on Ξ\XiΞ must vanish identically. This requires Ξ\XiΞ to be large enough, and the obvious argument from "Ξ\XiΞ spans Rk\mathbb R^kRk" fails when Ξ\XiΞ is a finite set. For the inequality constraints with l=1l=1l=1, the implication ξ⊤W1ξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0\xi^\top W_1\xi\ge0\Rightarrow\xi^\top S\xi\ge0ξ⊤W1​ξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0 must be established on all of Rk\mathbb R^kRk and not only on the slice e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1. Doing so needs boundedness of Ξ\XiΞ (no recession directions) and a strictly feasible point for the S-lemma. The S-lemma itself is a nonconvex duality statement. It is available on the platform.

Formalization scope

Outcomes live in Fin k → ℝ, with k≥1k\ge1k≥1 carried in the setting. Indices are 0-based: ξ1\xi_1ξ1​ is coordinate 0, and μ,ℓ\mu,\ellμ,ℓ range over Fin m, Fin l. "Ξ\XiΞ is the support of P\mathbb PP" is stated as: Ξ\XiΞ is closed, P(Ξc)=0\mathbb P(\Xi^{\mathrm c})=0P(Ξc)=0, and every ball centred in Ξ\XiΞ has positive measure. Mathlib has no Measure.support at this revision. The standing assumptions (probability measure, symmetric WℓW_\ellWℓ​, support, nonempty, bounded, spanning) form one predicate assumed by every theorem. Decision rules are Borel measurable square-integrable functions. Optimal values are infima in EReal, +∞+\infty+∞ for an empty feasible set and −∞-\infty−∞ for an unbounded one. "Equivalent" means equal optimal values. Each SμS_\muSμ​ is required symmetric in both problems; ⪰\succeq⪰ is positive semidefiniteness and Λ≥0\Lambda\ge0Λ≥0 is componentwise. Strict feasibility of SP\mathcal{SP}SP in §3 is the paper's condition (2.9) of §2 with AAA replaced by A(ξ)A(\xi)A(ξ). The paper uses the phrase without restating it.

Repairs and narrowings:

  • Only the clauses of Theorem 2 about (3.14) and SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu are stated. The clauses about (3.18) and SPl\mathcal{SP}^lSPl are false in this preprint: a strictly feasible instance with l=1l=1l=1 has val⁡(3.18)≈1.170>ln⁡3=val⁡SP\operatorname{val}(3.18)\approx1.170>\ln3=\operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}val(3.18)≈1.170>ln3=valSP. Propositions 7–9 serve only that half and are not included. "Polynomial size, efficiently solvable" is informal and omitted.
  • The §3.2 milestone carries the extra hypothesis that Ξ\XiΞ contains a relatively open piece of the hyperplane e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1 (the paper's "dimension k−1k-1k−1", p. 10). Without it the claim is false for l≥2l\ge2l≥2. For l=1l=1l=1 the hypothesis follows from the standing assumptions, so the goal is unaffected.
  • Strict feasibility is kept in the l=1l=1l=1 clause as printed, although the argument does not use it.

The goal cannot be trivialized through its definitions. Feasibility is quantified P\mathbb PP-almost surely for a measure whose support is Ξ\XiΞ, not over an empty or arbitrary set. Both optimal values are infima of the same real objective over the problems' own feasible sets. The standing assumptions are satisfiable, for instance by k=2k=2k=2, W1=diag⁡(1,−1)W_1=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1)W1​=diag(1,−1), and P\mathbb PP the uniform law on {1}×[−1,1]\{1\}\times[-1,1]{1}×[−1,1].

The definitions (support of a measure, L2\mathcal L^2L2 decision rules, the random-recourse data) are reusable for the other sections of the paper and for related work on decision rules. Proofs of any milestone, Lean lemmas on quadratic forms vanishing on open cones, and an almost-sure-to-support transfer lemma are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Optimization Online 2009/02/2218 (2009); Math. Program. 130 (2011) 177–209. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/2218.pdf, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Math. Program. 99 (2004) 351–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • S. Boyd, L. El Ghaoui, E. Feron, V. Balakrishnan, Linear Matrix Inequalities in System and Control Theory, SIAM Studies in Applied Mathematics 15, 1994 (the paper's source for Lemma 1). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970777
  • S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004, Appendix B (the S-procedure as stated on the platform). https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007) 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • M. Dyer, L. Stougie, Computational complexity of stochastic programming problems, Math. Program. 106 (2006) 423–432. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0597-0
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Convex Risk Functions 1: Dual Representation of a Lower Semicontinuous Convex Risk Function, with Monotonicity, Translation Equivariance and Homogeneity Read Off Its Dual DomainResearch Paper

Motivation

A risk function assigns to an uncertain cost XXX (a function of the random state ω\omegaω) a single number ρ(X)\rho(X)ρ(X) that a decision maker can minimize. Artzner, Delbaen, Eber and Heath (Math. Finance 9, 1999) singled out four axioms, convexity, monotonicity, translation equivariance and positive homogeneity, and called real-valued functions satisfying all four coherent. Föllmer and Schied (Finance Stoch. 6, 2002) and Frittelli and Rosazza Gianin dropped homogeneity to obtain convex risk measures. In each of these works, a central result is a dual representation: the risk function is a supremum of expectations under a family of probability measures, possibly with a penalty.

Ruszczyński and Shapiro (Math. Oper. Res. 31, 2006) place these representations inside general conjugate duality. Their Theorem 2.2 shows that, for any proper, lower semicontinuous, convex risk function on a locally convex space of measurable functions paired with a space of signed measures, the representation holds over the domain of the conjugate, and each remaining axiom corresponds exactly to a property of the measures in that domain. The paper then builds its optimization theory (subdifferentials of composite risk functions, optimality conditions, duality for nonanticipativity constraints) on this representation.

Timeline. Artzner et al. (1999): the coherent axioms, with a representation for finite Ω\OmegaΩ. Delbaen (2002): coherent measures on L∞L^\inftyL∞ under the Fatou property. Föllmer–Schied (2002): convex risk measures on bounded functions. Cheridito, Delbaen and Kupper (2004): spaces of processes. Rockafellar, Uryasev and Zabarankin (2002–2006): the risk envelope in L2\mathcal L_2L2​. Ruszczyński–Shapiro (2006): the general paired-space statement formalized here.

Setting

Outcomes are costs: smaller values of XXX are better. Let (Ω,F)(\Omega,\mathcal F)(Ω,F) be a measurable space and Y\mathbb YY the space of finite signed measures on it. The mission fixes

  1. a real locally convex topological vector space X\mathcal XX of F\mathcal FF-measurable functions X:Ω→RX:\Omega\to\mathbb RX:Ω→R, with its own topology (for instance a norm), not necessarily pointwise convergence;
  2. a linear subspace Y⊆Y\mathcal Y\subseteq\mathbb YY⊆Y with ∫Ω∣X∣ d∣μ∣<∞\int_\Omega|X|\,d|\mu|<\infty∫Ω​∣X∣d∣μ∣<∞ for all X∈XX\in\mathcal XX∈X, μ∈Y\mu\in\mathcal Yμ∈Y, where ∣μ∣=μ++μ−|\mu|=\mu^++\mu^-∣μ∣=μ++μ−;
  3. the pairing ⟨μ,X⟩=∫ΩX dμ=∫X dμ+−∫X dμ−\langle\mu,X\rangle=\int_\Omega X\,d\mu=\int X\,d\mu^+-\int X\,d\mu^-⟨μ,X⟩=∫Ω​Xdμ=∫Xdμ+−∫Xdμ−, compatible with the topology of X\mathcal XX: every ⟨μ,⋅⟩\langle\mu,\cdot\rangle⟨μ,⋅⟩ is continuous, and every continuous linear functional on X\mathcal XX is some ⟨μ,⋅⟩\langle\mu,\cdot\rangle⟨μ,⋅⟩, μ∈Y\mu\in\mathcal Yμ∈Y.

Write X+\mathcal X_+X+​ for the nonnegative functions, Y⪰XY\succeq XY⪰X for Y(ω)≥X(ω)Y(\omega)\ge X(\omega)Y(ω)≥X(ω) for all ω\omegaω, Y+\mathcal Y_+Y+​ for the nonnegative measures in Y\mathcal YY, and P\mathcal PP for the probability measures in Y\mathcal YY. Condition (C) requires that every μ∈Y∖Y+\mu\in\mathcal Y\setminus\mathcal Y_+μ∈Y∖Y+​ have ⟨μ,X⟩<0\langle\mu,X\rangle<0⟨μ,X⟩<0 for some X∈X+X\in\mathcal X_+X∈X+​.

A risk function ρ:X→R‾\rho:\mathcal X\to\overline{\mathbb R}ρ:X→R is proper if it never equals −∞-\infty−∞ and is finite somewhere. The axioms are

  • (A1) ρ(αX+(1−α)Y)≤αρ(X)+(1−α)ρ(Y)\rho(\alpha X+(1-\alpha)Y)\le\alpha\rho(X)+(1-\alpha)\rho(Y)ρ(αX+(1−α)Y)≤αρ(X)+(1−α)ρ(Y), α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1];
  • (A2) Y⪰X⇒ρ(Y)≥ρ(X)Y\succeq X\Rightarrow\rho(Y)\ge\rho(X)Y⪰X⇒ρ(Y)≥ρ(X);
  • (A3) ρ(X+a)=ρ(X)+a\rho(X+a)=\rho(X)+aρ(X+a)=ρ(X)+a, a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R;
  • (A4) ρ(tX)=tρ(X)\rho(tX)=t\rho(X)ρ(tX)=tρ(X), t>0t>0t>0.

The conjugate is ρ∗(μ)=sup⁡X∈X{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ(X)}\rho^*(\mu)=\sup_{X\in\mathcal X}\{\langle\mu,X\rangle-\rho(X)\}ρ∗(μ)=supX∈X​{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ(X)}, the biconjugate ρ∗∗(X)=sup⁡μ∈Y{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}\rho^{**}(X)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal Y}\{\langle\mu,X\rangle-\rho^*(\mu)\}ρ∗∗(X)=supμ∈Y​{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}, the dual domain A=dom⁡ρ∗={μ∈Y:ρ∗(μ)<+∞}\mathcal A=\operatorname{dom}\rho^*=\{\mu\in\mathcal Y:\rho^*(\mu)<+\infty\}A=domρ∗={μ∈Y:ρ∗(μ)<+∞}, and lsc⁡(ρ)(X)=lim inf⁡Z→Xρ(Z)\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)(X)=\liminf_{Z\to X}\rho(Z)lsc(ρ)(X)=liminfZ→X​ρ(Z) the lower semicontinuous hull. In Lean these are pair, PairedSpaces, CondC, IsProper, A1–A4, conj, biconj, dualDom and lscHull in ConvexRiskFn.Dual.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2 (p. 435)

Under condition (C), for ρ\rhoρ proper, lower semicontinuous and convex,

ρ(X)=sup⁡μ∈A{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}∀X,(2.6)\rho(X)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal A}\{\langle\mu,X\rangle-\rho^*(\mu)\}\quad\forall X,\qquad(2.6)ρ(X)=μ∈Asup​{⟨μ,X⟩−ρ∗(μ)}∀X,(2.6)

and (i) (A2) holds iff every μ∈A\mu\in\mathcal Aμ∈A is nonnegative; (ii) when X\mathcal XX contains the constant function 111, (A3) holds iff μ(Ω)=1\mu(\Omega)=1μ(Ω)=1 for all μ∈A\mu\in\mathcal Aμ∈A; (iii) (A4) holds iff ρ(X)=sup⁡μ∈A⟨μ,X⟩\rho(X)=\sup_{\mu\in\mathcal A}\langle\mu,X\rangleρ(X)=supμ∈A​⟨μ,X⟩ for all XXX (2.7).

Milestones

  1. Under (C), Y+={μ∈Y:⟨μ,X⟩≥0 ∀X∈X+}\mathcal Y_+=\{\mu\in\mathcal Y:\langle\mu,X\rangle\ge0\ \forall X\in\mathcal X_+\}Y+​={μ∈Y:⟨μ,X⟩≥0 ∀X∈X+​} (p. 434).
  2. Theorem 2.1 (Fenchel–Moreau): ρ∗∗=lsc⁡(ρ)\rho^{**}=\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)ρ∗∗=lsc(ρ) for convex proper ρ\rhoρ with lsc⁡(ρ)>−∞\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)>-\inftylsc(ρ)>−∞.
  3. The representation (2.6) by itself.
  4. Under (C) and (A2), ρ∗(μ)=+∞\rho^*(\mu)=+\inftyρ∗(μ)=+∞ for μ∉Y+\mu\notin\mathcal Y_+μ∈/Y+​.
  5. Under (A3), ρ∗(μ)=+∞\rho^*(\mu)=+\inftyρ∗(μ)=+∞ when μ(Ω)≠1\mu(\Omega)\ne1μ(Ω)=1.
  6. Under (A4), ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗ is the indicator function of {μ∈Y:⟨μ,⋅⟩≤ρ}\{\mu\in\mathcal Y:\langle\mu,\cdot\rangle\le\rho\}{μ∈Y:⟨μ,⋅⟩≤ρ}.

Companion: the risk envelope (2.8), p. 436

Under (A1)–(A3), (2.6) holds with A⊆P\mathcal A\subseteq\mathcal PA⊆P; adding (A4), ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗ is the indicator of A={μ∈P:⟨μ,X⟩≤ρ(X) ∀X}\mathcal A=\{\mu\in\mathcal P:\langle\mu,X\rangle\le\rho(X)\ \forall X\}A={μ∈P:⟨μ,X⟩≤ρ(X) ∀X}.

Significance

Theorem 2.2 is the unifying statement behind the dual representations of coherent and convex risk measures: one theorem covers bounded measurable functions paired with all finite signed measures, Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ paired with Lq\mathcal L_qLq​, and weak topologies. Downstream, the paper uses it to describe subdifferentials of risk functions as subsets of A\mathcal AA, to derive optimality conditions for min⁡zρ(F(z))\min_z\rho(F(z))minz​ρ(F(z)), and to obtain the risk envelope (2.8) used in distributionally robust optimization.

The result is proved in the paper, assuming Fenchel–Moreau in locally convex spaces as a cited theorem. As far as is known, neither Theorem 2.2 nor Fenchel–Moreau for extended-real functions on a general locally convex space has a machine-checked proof. At the pinned revision Mathlib has geometric Hahn–Banach separation in locally convex spaces but no Fenchel conjugate at all. A formal proof of the goal would yield, in particular, a reusable Fenchel–Moreau theorem for extended-real convex functions under a measure pairing.

Difficulty

The characterizations (i)–(iii) are short once (2.6) is available; the weight sits in (2.6), that is, in Fenchel–Moreau. Its proof separates a point below the epigraph from the closed convex epigraph in X×R\mathcal X\times\mathbb RX×R, which needs Hahn–Banach in a locally convex space, the identification of the separating functional with a measure in Y\mathcal YY through the compatibility assumption, and a careful case analysis when the separating hyperplane is vertical, a case that occurs because ρ\rhoρ may take the value +∞+\infty+∞. The extended-real arithmetic (r−(+∞)=−∞r-(+\infty)=-\inftyr−(+∞)=−∞, 0⋅(+∞)=00\cdot(+\infty)=00⋅(+∞)=0) has to be tracked through every supremum. A finite-dimensional argument does not transfer: X\mathcal XX is an arbitrary locally convex space, and lower semicontinuity is with respect to its own topology.

Formalization scope

X\mathcal XX is an abstract real vector space with a topology and the instances IsTopologicalAddGroup, ContinuousSMul ℝ, LocallyConvexSpace ℝ (no Hausdorff assumption), mapped injectively and linearly into Ω→R\Omega\to\mathbb RΩ→R. Y\mathcal YY is a Submodule ℝ (SignedMeasure Ω). The pairing is the difference of the Bochner integrals against the Jordan parts; integrability against ∣μ∣|\mu|∣μ∣ is a field of the structure, so the pairing is never the junk value of a non-integrable integral. The topology of Y\mathcal YY is not modelled, since no statement uses it. Risk functions take values in EReal, and every supremum is an iSup in EReal. The order ⪰\succeq⪰ is pointwise, not almost everywhere. The constant aaa in (A3) is a⋅1a\cdot\mathbf 1a⋅1 for an element 1∈X\mathbf 1\in\mathcal X1∈X equal to the constant function 111. Condition (C) is a separate hypothesis, assumed where it is used.

Two statements depart from the page, and both departures are disclosed in their items. Theorem 2.1 carries the extra hypothesis lsc⁡(ρ)>−∞\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)>-\inftylsc(ρ)>−∞, without which the printed statement is false in infinite dimension; Theorem 2.1 is a cited result, and the goal does not depend on this choice. The indicator-function milestone names the set {μ:⟨μ,⋅⟩≤ρ}\{\mu:\langle\mu,\cdot\rangle\le\rho\}{μ:⟨μ,⋅⟩≤ρ} explicitly instead of "a closed convex subset of Y\mathcal YY".

The goal mentions neither ρ∗∗\rho^{**}ρ∗∗ nor lsc⁡(ρ)\operatorname{lsc}(\rho)lsc(ρ): it is stated about ρ\rhoρ, ρ∗\rho^*ρ∗ and A\mathcal AA alone, and a proof must establish (2.6) from the hypotheses, not assume it. The hypotheses are satisfiable: a one-point Ω\OmegaΩ with X=R{∗}\mathcal X=\mathbb R^{\{\ast\}}X=R{∗}, Y=Y\mathcal Y=\mathbb YY=Y and ρ(X)=X(∗)\rho(X)=X(\ast)ρ(X)=X(∗) meets all of them, including (C) and (A1)–(A4).

Contributions are welcome at every level: Fenchel–Moreau for EReal-valued convex functions on locally convex spaces (reusable well beyond this mission), lemmas about the pairing (linearity, ⟨μ,1⟩=μ(Ω)\langle\mu,1\rangle=\mu(\Omega)⟨μ,1⟩=μ(Ω), positivity), and the milestones in the order listed.

Selected references

  • A. Ruszczyński, A. Shapiro, Optimization of convex risk functions, Mathematics of Operations Research 31(3):433–452, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0186
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber, D. Heath, Coherent measures of risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3):203–228, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Convex measures of risk and trading constraints, Finance and Stochastics 6(4):429–447, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s007800200072
  • F. Delbaen, Coherent risk measures on general probability spaces, in Advances in Finance and Stochastics, Springer, 2002, 1–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-04790-3_1
  • P. Cheridito, F. Delbaen, M. Kupper, Coherent and convex monetary risk measures for bounded càdlàg processes, Stochastic Processes and their Applications 112(1):1–22, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2004.01.009
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Conjugate Duality and Optimization, SIAM, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970524
  • R. T. Rockafellar, S. Uryasev, M. Zabarankin, Generalized deviations in risk analysis, Finance and Stochastics 10(1):51–74, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00780-005-0165-8
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algebra·Captain: marwahaha

A nonspectrahedral hyperbolicity coneOpen Problem

Motivation

Hyperbolic polynomials define convex optimization regions through real-rooted line restrictions. A spectrahedral representation would describe the same region by one finite symmetric positive-semidefinite matrix inequality. The source manuscript presents the surrounding research claim.

Setting

The formal ambient space consists of two real symmetric 4×4 matrices X,Z and a vector y∈ℝ³. A fixed determinant expression defines a multivariate polynomial p. At e=((I,I),0), the cone consists of x for which every complex root of t↦p(te−x) is real and nonnegative.

Formalization target

Prove dim(ambient)=23, p(e)=1, and

p is homogeneous of degree 20,deg⁡p=20,p\text{ is homogeneous of degree }20,\qquad\deg p=20,p is homogeneous of degree 20,degp=20,

with every line polynomial real-rooted. For every N>0 and linear symmetric pencil L, prove

cone⁡(p,e)≠{x:L(x)⪰0}.\operatorname{cone}(p,e)\ne\{x:L(x)\succeq0\}.cone(p,e)={x:L(x)⪰0}.

The selected formal target is OAI.Paper256.main_result.

Significance and status

The formal target rules out every finite homogeneous real symmetric pencil size. It also verifies the algebraic and root properties of its fixed polynomial. The published target is currently Open; the manuscript's argument and a checked Lean proof are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

Excluding one determinantal expression is weaker than excluding all matrix-inequality representations of the cone. The final universal quantifier ranges over all positive dimensions and all real linear pencils.

Formalization scope

The published Lean formula has asserted degree 20. The manuscript abstract describes degree 16; this draft follows the actual published degree-20 statement rather than substituting the manuscript number. Symmetric matrices use selfAdjoint, and positivity is Matrix.PosSemidef. No affine pencil or projected semidefinite lift is asserted here.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, A nonspectrahedral hyperbolicity cone, preprint, 2026. Pinned manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Goal source.
35 thms2 active usersReviewed
Random Matrix TheoryStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Principal Component Analysis?: Principal Component Pursuit with λ = 1/√n Exactly Recovers an Incoherent Low-Rank Matrix from a Constant Fraction of Randomly Located Gross ErrorsResearch Paper

Motivation

Principal component analysis finds the best low-rank approximation of a data matrix, and it is used everywhere data come as a table: images, video, genomics, web and survey data. Its weakness is well known: a single grossly corrupted entry can move the classical principal components arbitrarily far. In many applications the corruptions are not small noise but gross errors at a fraction of the entries: occlusions and specularities in face images, moving foreground objects in surveillance video, corrupted or adversarial records. Robust variants of PCA built on robust statistics or on alternating heuristics came without guarantees of exact recovery.

Candès, Li, Ma and Wright (J. ACM 58(3), 2011) showed that a single convex program recovers both the low-rank part and the corruptions exactly, under a randomness assumption on the corruption pattern only, with a weight that needs no tuning.

Timeline.

  • 2009: Candès and Recht prove exact matrix completion by nuclear-norm minimization under incoherence (FoCM 2009). Their concentration results reappear here as Theorem 2.6 and Lemma 3.2.
  • 2009: Chandrasekaran, Sanghavi, Parrilo and Willsky give deterministic conditions for the same convex decomposition (SIAM J. Optim. 2011, arXiv:0906.2220). As compared on p. 7 of the present paper, these conditions allow only a vanishing fraction O((nr)−1/2)O((nr)^{-1/2})O((nr)−1/2) of corrupted entries, and they leave the weight λ\lambdaλ to be searched for.
  • 2009: Gross introduces the golfing scheme for constructing dual certificates (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 2011, arXiv:0910.1879). This paper adapts it.
  • 2009–2011: the present paper (preprint of 17 December 2009) proves Theorem 1.1: a constant fraction of corrupted entries and rank up to n/(log⁡n)2n/(\log n)^2n/(logn)2.

Setting

Let L0∈Rn×nL_0\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}L0​∈Rn×n have rank rrr and compact singular value decomposition L0=∑k=1rσkukvk∗L_0=\sum_{k=1}^r\sigma_k u_kv_k^*L0​=∑k=1r​σk​uk​vk∗​ with σk>0\sigma_k>0σk​>0, where U=[u1,…,ur]U=[u_1,\dots,u_r]U=[u1​,…,ur​] and V=[v1,…,vr]V=[v_1,\dots,v_r]V=[v1​,…,vr​] have orthonormal columns. The nuclear norm ∥M∥∗\|M\|_*∥M∥∗​ is the sum of the singular values of MMM, and ∥M∥1=∑ij∣Mij∣\|M\|_1=\sum_{ij}|M_{ij}|∥M∥1​=∑ij​∣Mij​∣ is the entrywise ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm. Given M=L0+S0M=L_0+S_0M=L0​+S0​, Principal Component Pursuit (PCP) solves

minimize  ∥L∥∗+λ∥S∥1subject toL+S=M.(1.1)\text{minimize }\ \|L\|_*+\lambda\|S\|_1\qquad\text{subject to}\qquad L+S=M. \tag{1.1}minimize  ∥L∥∗​+λ∥S∥1​subject toL+S=M.(1.1)

PCP is exact when (L0,S0)(L_0,S_0)(L0​,S0​) is its unique solution.

L0L_0L0​ satisfies the incoherence condition with parameter μ\muμ when

max⁡i∥U∗ei∥2≤μrn,max⁡i∥V∗ei∥2≤μrn,∥UV∗∥∞≤μrn2,(1.2–1.3)\max_i\|U^*e_i\|^2\le\frac{\mu r}{n},\qquad\max_i\|V^*e_i\|^2\le\frac{\mu r}{n},\qquad\|UV^*\|_\infty\le\sqrt{\frac{\mu r}{n^2}},\tag{1.2–1.3}imax​∥U∗ei​∥2≤nμr​,imax​∥V∗ei​∥2≤nμr​,∥UV∗∥∞​≤n2μr​​,(1.2–1.3)

where ∥X∥∞=max⁡ij∣Xij∣\|X\|_\infty=\max_{ij}|X_{ij}|∥X∥∞​=maxij​∣Xij​∣. This excludes low-rank matrices that are themselves sparse, which no method could tell apart from corruptions.

The sparse component is S0=PΩSS_0=\mathcal P_\Omega SS0​=PΩ​S, where SSS is an arbitrary fixed matrix and PΩ\mathcal P_\OmegaPΩ​ keeps the entries in a random support Ω\OmegaΩ and zeros the others. In Theorem 1.1, Ω\OmegaΩ is uniform among all subsets of [n]×[n][n]\times[n][n]×[n] of cardinality mmm. In the Bernoulli model Ω∼Ber(ρ)\Omega\sim\mathrm{Ber}(\rho)Ω∼Ber(ρ) each entry belongs to Ω\OmegaΩ independently with probability ρ\rhoρ. Nothing is assumed about the magnitudes or signs of SSS.

The proof works with the tangent space T={UX∗+YV∗}T=\{UX^*+YV^*\}T={UX∗+YV∗} of the rank-rrr matrices at L0L_0L0​, its orthogonal projections PT\mathcal P_TPT​ and PT⊥\mathcal P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​, and the operator norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ (largest singular value).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1, square case

There are positive numerical constants c,ρr,ρsc,\rho_r,\rho_sc,ρr​,ρs​ such that, whenever L0L_0L0​ obeys (1.2)–(1.3) and

rank⁡(L0)≤ρr n μ−1(log⁡n)−2andm≤ρs n2,(1.4)\operatorname{rank}(L_0)\le\rho_r\,n\,\mu^{-1}(\log n)^{-2}\qquad\text{and}\qquad m\le\rho_s\,n^2,\tag{1.4}rank(L0​)≤ρr​nμ−1(logn)−2andm≤ρs​n2,(1.4)

PCP with λ=1/n\lambda=1/\sqrt nλ=1/n​ is exact with probability at least 1−c n−101-c\,n^{-10}1−cn−10 over the support of S0S_0S0​.

The constants are not specified, so the goal survives any improvement of them.

Milestones

They are listed in the order the proof uses them:

  • the coordinate bound (2.2);
  • the elimination theorem (Theorem 2.2): exactness passes to trimmed sparse components;
  • the transfer from the Bernoulli model to the uniform model (§7.1);
  • derandomization (Theorem 2.3): random signs suffice;
  • the dual certificate conditions (Lemma 2.4, Lemma 2.5, (2.4));
  • the concentration results (Theorem 2.6, Corollary 2.7, Lemmas 3.1 and 3.2);
  • the two halves of the certificate: the golfing certificate WLW^LWL (Lemma 2.8) and the least-squares certificate WSW^SWS (Lemma 2.9).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.1 is the founding guarantee of robust PCA by convex optimization. It allows a constant fraction of arbitrarily large corruptions and a rank as large as n/(log⁡n)2n/(\log n)^2n/(logn)2, with a universal weight λ=1/n\lambda=1/\sqrt nλ=1/n​. It supports applications such as background modeling in video and the removal of shadows and specularities from face images, and it is the template for later work on noisy and partially observed variants, e.g. stable PCP (Zhou et al., ISIT 2010, arXiv:1001.2363).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. A formal proof would check a chain that combines convex duality for the nuclear and ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norms, operator concentration for random sampling, and a probabilistic coupling. The reusable parts are general: the elimination and derandomization arguments, the certificate lemmas, the golfing scheme and the Bernoulli-to-uniform transfer. They also serve matrix completion and other sparse-plus-low-rank problems. The matrix-completion definitions this mission builds on are already published on the platform.

Difficulty

The obvious plan is to write down the subgradient optimality conditions of (1.1) and exhibit a dual certificate. The difficulty is the exact certificate (2.3). It requires PΩ(UV∗+W)=λsgn⁡(S0)\mathcal P_\Omega(UV^*+W)=\lambda\operatorname{sgn}(S_0)PΩ​(UV∗+W)=λsgn(S0​) exactly, and at the same time ∥W∥<1\|W\|<1∥W∥<1 and ∥PΩ⊥(UV∗+W)∥∞<λ\|\mathcal P_{\Omega^\perp}(UV^*+W)\|_\infty<\lambda∥PΩ⊥​(UV∗+W)∥∞​<λ, with Ω\OmegaΩ a constant fraction of all entries. The natural least-squares candidate cannot be controlled in the sup norm on Ω⊥\Omega^\perpΩ⊥ by moment methods at this sparsity level.

A second difficulty is probabilistic. The theorem allows fixed, adversarial signs. The concentration tools need independence, which fixed signs do not give.

Finally, every step must hold uniformly with failure probability O(n−10)O(n^{-10})O(n−10) and with constants independent of nnn, L0L_0L0​ and SSS.

Formalization scope

All statements are for square real matrices RealMatrix n n. The rectangular sentences of the paper are not stated. The mission reuses the published matrix-completion definitions for the following objects:

  • the nuclear norm (sum of Mathlib singular values);
  • the operator norm;
  • the Frobenius norm and inner product;
  • ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ and PΩ\mathcal P_\OmegaPΩ​;
  • SVD data SVD L0 r, with UV∗UV^*UV∗ = signMatrix;
  • PT\mathcal P_TPT​ and PT⊥\mathcal P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​;
  • the Bernoulli and uniform laws on supports.

The following conventions are fixed:

  • Rank. The rank is carried by SVD data SVD L0 r with positive singular values, so r=rank⁡L0r=\operatorname{rank}L_0r=rankL0​. Every statement holds for every such decomposition.
  • Exactness. "Exact" means unique optimality: every other feasible pair has a strictly larger objective.
  • Probabilities. Probabilities are finite sums of product weights. Operator norms of operators on matrices are taken with respect to the Frobenius norm.
  • Rank condition. It is written multiplied out, rμ(log⁡n)2≤ρrnr\mu(\log n)^2\le\rho_rnrμ(logn)2≤ρr​n, with the natural logarithm.
  • Constants. "With high probability" means probability at least 1−c n−101-c\,n^{-10}1−cn−10, with ccc a numerical constant. Every numerical constant is quantified before nnn, the matrices and the parameters.
  • Least-squares certificate. WSW^SWS is defined by the Neumann series (2.7), which the paper gives as an equivalent definition of (2.6), and it is used only on the event ∥PΩPT∥<1/2\|\mathcal P_\Omega\mathcal P_T\|<1/2∥PΩ​PT​∥<1/2.
  • Golfing. The golfing sets are indexed from 000.
  • Citations. Theorem numbers and pages are those of the preprint dated 17 December 2009, which is the cited source of the J. ACM article.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded. A constant ccc chosen after nnn would make the goal vacuous, so all constants come first. A non-strict "optimal" would make exactness much weaker, so exactness is strict. The values of S0S_0S0​ are fixed before the support is drawn.

Contributions of any kind are welcome. Proofs of the deterministic milestones (Theorem 2.2, Lemmas 2.4 and 2.5, (2.4), (2.2)) are self-contained convex analysis and linear algebra. The concentration milestones need matrix Bernstein-type inequalities and operator concentration, which are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • E. J. Candès, X. Li, Y. Ma, J. Wright, Robust principal component analysis?, Journal of the ACM 58(3), Article 11, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1145/1970392.1970395
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact matrix completion via convex optimization, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 9(6), 717–772, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-009-9045-5
  • D. Gross, Recovering low-rank matrices from few coefficients in any basis, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 57(3), 1548–1566, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0910.1879
  • V. Chandrasekaran, S. Sanghavi, P. A. Parrilo, A. S. Willsky, Rank-sparsity incoherence for matrix decomposition, SIAM Journal on Optimization 21(2), 572–596, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0906.2220
  • Z. Zhou, X. Li, J. Wright, E. J. Candès, Y. Ma, Stable principal component pursuit, ISIT 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1001.2363
20 thms2 active usersReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Rank-Sparsity Incoherence for Matrix Decomposition: If μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆) < 1/6, ℓ1 + Nuclear-Norm Minimization Uniquely Recovers the Sparse and Low-Rank ComponentsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many data matrices are, to a good approximation, the sum of a sparse matrix (few nonzero entries) and a low-rank matrix. In system identification the low-rank part models a system of small order and the sparse part a system with sparse impulse response; in statistics the same structure appears in latent-variable graphical models, where a sparse inverse covariance is corrupted by a low-rank effect of hidden variables; in signal and image processing it separates a slowly varying background from sparse outliers. Recovering the two components from their sum is NP-hard in general, so a convex relaxation is the natural tractable approach.

Chandrasekaran, Sanghavi, Parrilo and Willsky (arXiv:0906.2220, SIAM J. Optim. 21(2), 2011, doi:10.1137/090761793) introduced the convex program that minimizes a weighted sum of the entrywise ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm and the nuclear norm, and gave a deterministic condition under which it recovers both components exactly. The condition is an uncertainty principle between the support of the sparse matrix and the row and column spaces of the low-rank matrix. Their analysis was followed by probabilistic guarantees for the same program under random sparsity patterns (Candès, Li, Ma, Wright, Robust Principal Component Analysis?, J. ACM 2011, arXiv:0912.3599).

Setting

All matrices are real and square, n×nn\times nn×n. For a matrix MMM:

  • support⁡(M)={(i,j):Mij≠0}\operatorname{support}(M)=\{(i,j): M_{ij}\neq0\}support(M)={(i,j):Mij​=0}, ∥M∥1=∑i,j∣Mij∣\|M\|_1=\sum_{i,j}|M_{ij}|∥M∥1​=∑i,j​∣Mij​∣, and sign⁡(M)\operatorname{sign}(M)sign(M) is the matrix with entries +1,−1,0+1,-1,0+1,−1,0 according as Mij>0M_{ij}>0Mij​>0, <0<0<0, =0=0=0.
  • ∥M∥\|M\|∥M∥ is the spectral norm (largest singular value), ∥M∥∗\|M\|_*∥M∥∗​ the nuclear norm (sum of singular values), and ∥M∥∞=max⁡i,j∣Mij∣\|M\|_\infty=\max_{i,j}|M_{ij}|∥M∥∞​=maxi,j​∣Mij​∣.
  • The sparse tangent space is Ω(M)={N:support⁡(N)⊆support⁡(M)}\Omega(M)=\{N:\operatorname{support}(N)\subseteq\operatorname{support}(M)\}Ω(M)={N:support(N)⊆support(M)}, with orthogonal projections PΩ(M)P_{\Omega(M)}PΩ(M)​ and PΩ(M)c=I−PΩ(M)P_{\Omega(M)^c}=I-P_{\Omega(M)}PΩ(M)c​=I−PΩ(M)​.
  • If M=UΣVTM=U\Sigma V^{T}M=UΣVT is a compact singular value decomposition, U,V∈Rn×kU,V\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}U,V∈Rn×k with orthonormal columns and k=rank⁡Mk=\operatorname{rank}Mk=rankM, the low-rank tangent space is T(M)={UXT+YVT:X,Y∈Rn×k}T(M)=\{UX^{T}+YV^{T}: X,Y\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}\}T(M)={UXT+YVT:X,Y∈Rn×k}, with projection PT(M)(N)=PUN+NPV−PUNPVP_{T(M)}(N)=P_UN+NP_V-P_UNP_VPT(M)​(N)=PU​N+NPV​−PU​NPV​, PU=UUTP_U=UU^{T}PU​=UUT, PV=VVTP_V=VV^{T}PV​=VVT, and PT(M)⊥=I−PT(M)P_{T(M)^\perp}=I-P_{T(M)}PT(M)⊥​=I−PT(M)​.

The two rank-sparsity incoherence quantities are

ξ(M)=max⁡N∈T(M), ∥N∥≤1∥N∥∞,μ(M)=max⁡N∈Ω(M), ∥N∥∞≤1∥N∥.\xi(M)=\max_{N\in T(M),\ \|N\|\le1}\|N\|_\infty,\qquad \mu(M)=\max_{N\in\Omega(M),\ \|N\|_\infty\le1}\|N\|.ξ(M)=N∈T(M), ∥N∥≤1max​∥N∥∞​,μ(M)=N∈Ω(M), ∥N∥∞​≤1max​∥N∥.

Small ξ(M)\xi(M)ξ(M) says that the elements of T(M)T(M)T(M) are not concentrated on few entries; small μ(M)\mu(M)μ(M) says that the elements of Ω(M)\Omega(M)Ω(M) have diffuse spectra.

Given C=A⋆+B⋆C=A^\star+B^\starC=A⋆+B⋆ and a trade-off parameter γ\gammaγ, the decomposition program is

(A^,B^)=arg⁡min⁡A,B γ∥A∥1+∥B∥∗s.t. A+B=C.(1.3)(\hat A,\hat B)=\arg\min_{A,B}\ \gamma\|A\|_1+\|B\|_*\quad\text{s.t. } A+B=C. \tag{1.3}(A^,B^)=argA,Bmin​ γ∥A∥1​+∥B∥∗​s.t. A+B=C.(1.3)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

If

μ(A⋆) ξ(B⋆)<16,\mu(A^\star)\,\xi(B^\star)<\tfrac16,μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<61​,

then for every

γ∈(ξ(B⋆)1−4μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆), 1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)μ(A⋆))\gamma\in\left(\frac{\xi(B^\star)}{1-4\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)},\ \frac{1-3\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)}{\mu(A^\star)}\right)γ∈(1−4μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)ξ(B⋆)​, μ(A⋆)1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)​)

the pair (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) is the unique optimum of (1.3); moreover γ=3ξ(B⋆)/(2μ(A⋆))\gamma=\sqrt{3\xi(B^\star)/(2\mu(A^\star))}γ=3ξ(B⋆)/(2μ(A⋆))​ always lies in this interval (for A⋆,B⋆≠0A^\star,B^\star\neq0A⋆,B⋆=0).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<1⇒Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)<1\Rightarrow\Omega(A^\star)\cap T(B^\star)=\{0\}μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<1⇒Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}.
  2. (4.3)–(4.5): optimality of (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) for (1.3) is equivalent to a common dual Q∈γ ∂∥A⋆∥1∩∂∥B⋆∥∗Q\in\gamma\,\partial\|A^\star\|_1\cap\partial\|B^\star\|_*Q∈γ∂∥A⋆∥1​∩∂∥B⋆∥∗​, and the two subdifferentials are characterized through PΩP_\OmegaPΩ​, PΩcP_{\Omega^c}PΩc​, PTP_TPT​, PT⊥P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​.
  3. Proposition 2: transversality Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}\Omega(A^\star)\cap T(B^\star)=\{0\}Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0} plus a dual QQQ with PT(Q)=UVTP_T(Q)=UV^{T}PT​(Q)=UVT, PΩ(Q)=γsign⁡(A⋆)P_\Omega(Q)=\gamma\operatorname{sign}(A^\star)PΩ​(Q)=γsign(A⋆), ∥PT⊥(Q)∥<1\|P_{T^\perp}(Q)\|<1∥PT⊥​(Q)∥<1, ∥PΩc(Q)∥∞<γ\|P_{\Omega^c}(Q)\|_\infty<\gamma∥PΩc​(Q)∥∞​<γ give unique recovery.
  4. Appendix B, proof of Theorem 2: the range (B.6) is nonempty; the unique candidate Q^∈Ω⊕T\hat Q\in\Omega\oplus TQ^​∈Ω⊕T; the bound ∥PT(M)∥≤2∥M∥\|P_T(M)\|\le2\|M\|∥PT​(M)∥≤2∥M∥; the error estimates (B.13)–(B.14); and the two strict certificate inequalities for Q^\hat QQ^​.

Significance

Theorem 2 is a deterministic exact-recovery guarantee: it involves no randomness, only the support of A⋆A^\starA⋆ and the row and column spaces of B⋆B^\starB⋆, and so it applies to any fixed instance for which μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ can be bounded. Combined with the paper's bounds of μ\muμ by the maximum number of nonzeros per row or column and of ξ\xiξ by the coherence of the singular vectors, it yields explicit sparsity-versus-incoherence trade-offs under which (1.3) succeeds. It is the starting point of the analysis of sparse-plus-low-rank decompositions in robust PCA, latent-variable graphical model selection and system identification.

The theorem is proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of it, of Propositions 1–2, or of the subdifferential characterizations (4.4)–(4.5) is known to exist. A formalization adds: a checked account of the edge cases the paper leaves implicit (a zero sparse or low-rank component, the open endpoints of the γ\gammaγ-interval), a reusable library of the two tangent spaces and their projections for the Prove2Me matrix-completion definitions, and the nuclear-norm subdifferential (Watson's theorem), which is used throughout low-rank recovery.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes down a dual certificate and checks four conditions; the work is in showing that one exists. The natural candidate Q^\hat QQ^​ is defined implicitly, as the unique element of Ω⊕T\Omega\oplus TΩ⊕T with prescribed projections onto Ω\OmegaΩ and TTT, and its existence is a linear-algebra fact about two transverse subspaces, not a formula. Bounding its components outside Ω\OmegaΩ and TTT requires coupled estimates in two different norms, the spectral norm and the entrywise maximum, related only through μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ. On the convex-analysis side, the "only if" direction of the nuclear-norm subdifferential characterization (4.5) is a genuine theorem about singular values, not a computation.

Formalization scope

Statements follow the arXiv v1 preprint (arXiv:0906.2220v1), with its numbering and page numbers. Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ; the rectangular remark of §3 is not formalized. The nuclear norm, spectral norm, ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​, trace inner product, PTP_TPT​, PT⊥P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​, the SVD datum and UVTUV^{T}UVT are the published Prove2Me definitions matrix_completion_basic, matrix_completion_svd and matrix_completion_tangent. The SVD of B⋆B^\starB⋆ is an explicit argument: T(B⋆)T(B^\star)T(B⋆), UVTUV^{T}UVT and ξ(B⋆)\xi(B^\star)ξ(B⋆) are taken with respect to it, and every statement holds for every compact SVD. μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ are real suprema of bounded sets containing 000, hence maxima. Subgradients use the inequality f(x)≥f(x^)+⟨y,x−x^⟩f(x)\ge f(\hat x)+\langle y,x-\hat x\ranglef(x)≥f(x^)+⟨y,x−x^⟩; Q∈γ ∂fQ\in\gamma\,\partial fQ∈γ∂f means Q=γGQ=\gamma GQ=γG for a subgradient GGG.

"Unique optimum" is strict: every other feasible pair has strictly larger objective, so a statement only asserting that (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) minimizes the objective, or a definition of μ\muμ or ξ\xiξ that collapses to 000, does not count. The upper end of the γ\gammaγ-interval is stated as γ μ(A⋆)<1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)\gamma\,\mu(A^\star)<1-3\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)γμ(A⋆)<1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆), which is the paper's condition when μ(A⋆)>0\mu(A^\star)>0μ(A⋆)>0 and means "no upper bound" when A⋆=0A^\star=0A⋆=0; the "specifically" clause assumes A⋆≠0A^\star\neq0A⋆=0 and B⋆≠0B^\star\neq0B⋆=0 because it divides by μ(A⋆)\mu(A^\star)μ(A⋆) and needs ξ(B⋆)>0\xi(B^\star)>0ξ(B⋆)>0.

A complete development needs: the subdifferentials of the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and nuclear norms, the fixed-point and norm properties of PTP_TPT​ (in particular ∥PT(M)∥≤2∥M∥\|P_T(M)\|\le2\|M\|∥PT​(M)∥≤2∥M∥), and the direct-sum argument for Ω⊕T\Omega\oplus TΩ⊕T. The nuclear-norm subdifferential and the PTP_TPT​ bounds are reusable across all of low-rank matrix recovery. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas that shorten the Appendix B estimates, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Chandrasekaran, S. Sanghavi, P. A. Parrilo, A. S. Willsky, Rank-Sparsity Incoherence for Matrix Decomposition, arXiv:0906.2220v1, 2009; SIAM J. Optim. 21(2):572–596, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0906.2220, https://doi.org/10.1137/090761793
  • G. A. Watson, Characterization of the subdifferential of some matrix norms, Linear Algebra Appl. 170:33–45, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3795(92)90407-2
  • E. J. Candès, X. Li, Y. Ma, J. Wright, Robust Principal Component Analysis?, J. ACM 58(3), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0912.3599
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact Matrix Completion via Convex Optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9:717–772, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0805.4471
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Retailer-Supplier Flexible Commitments Contracts: A Robust Optimization Approach: With Box Demand Uncertainty the Min-Max RSFC Problem Has the Same Optimal Value on the Extreme DemandsResearch Paper

Motivation

In a flexible commitments contract a retailer announces, before a selling horizon starts, a vector of planned orders (commitments) to its supplier, who uses them to plan capacity. During the horizon the retailer may deviate from the commitments, but pays penalties for each deviation and for changes between successive commitments. Such contracts were studied with stochastic demand by Bassok and Anupindi, Tsay and Lovejoy, and others, typically by dynamic programming over a discretized state space.

Ben-Tal, Golany, Nemirovski and Vial (2005) treat the retailer's problem as a robust multiperiod linear program: demand is only known to lie in an uncertainty set, decisions may adapt to observed demand, and the retailer minimizes its worst-case total cost. Most of the paper approximates this problem by affinely adjustable decision rules. For one important case, however, the paper shows that the problem can be solved exactly: when the uncertainty set is a box, nature may be restricted to the finitely many corner trajectories of the box. That reduction, Proposition 1 of the Appendix, is the subject of this mission, together with the general principle behind it (Lemma 2), which applies to any multistage worst-case problem with polyhedral dynamics and convex polyhedral costs.

Setting

Data. There are TTT periods. Period ttt carries an ordering cost ctc_tct​, a holding cost hth_tht​, a shortage cost ptp_tpt​, penalties αt+,αt−\alpha_t^{+}, \alpha_t^{-}αt+​,αt−​ for ordering above or below the commitment, and penalties βt+,βt−\beta_t^{+}, \beta_t^{-}βt+​,βt−​ for raising or lowering the commitment relative to the previous one. A salvage value sss applies to the final inventory; put hˉt=ht\bar h_t = h_thˉt​=ht​ for t<Tt < Tt<T and hˉT=hT−s\bar h_T = h_T - shˉT​=hT​−s. The initial inventory x1x_1x1​ and a nominal previous commitment w0w_0w0​ are given, as are order bounds Lt≤qt≤UtL_t \le q_t \le U_tLt​≤qt​≤Ut​ and cumulative bounds L^t≤∑τ≤tqτ≤U^t\widehat L_t \le \sum_{\tau \le t} q_\tau \le \widehat U_tLt​≤∑τ≤t​qτ​≤Ut​, possibly infinite.

Decisions. Before any demand is observed the retailer fixes commitments wt≥0w_t \ge 0wt​≥0 and amounts ztz_tzt​. Demand d=(d1,…,dT)d = (d_1, \dots, d_T)d=(d1​,…,dT​) lies in a product set UT=U1×⋯×UT\mathcal U^T = \mathcal U_1 \times \dots \times \mathcal U_TUT=U1​×⋯×UT​. The order qtq_tqt​ and the cost bounds yt,uty_t, u_tyt​,ut​ of period ttt are decision rules, functions of the past demands dt−1=(d1,…,dt−1)d^{t-1} = (d_1, \dots, d_{t-1})dt−1=(d1​,…,dt−1​); the inventory xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ is a function of dtd^tdt. This nonanticipativity is required on trajectories of UT\mathcal U^TUT.

The min-max RSFC problem (5)–(6). A policy is feasible if for every d∈UTd \in \mathcal U^Td∈UT and every ttt: xt+1=xt+qt−dtx_{t+1} = x_t + q_t - d_txt+1​=xt​+qt​−dt​; the order and cumulative-order bounds hold; yt≥hˉtxt+1y_t \ge \bar h_t x_{t+1}yt​≥hˉt​xt+1​ and yt≥−ptxt+1y_t \ge -p_t x_{t+1}yt​≥−pt​xt+1​; ut≥αt+(qt−wt)u_t \ge \alpha_t^{+}(q_t - w_t)ut​≥αt+​(qt​−wt​) and ut≥−αt−(qt−wt)u_t \ge -\alpha_t^{-}(q_t - w_t)ut​≥−αt−​(qt​−wt​); and zt≥βt+(wt−wt−1)z_t \ge \beta_t^{+}(w_t - w_{t-1})zt​≥βt+​(wt​−wt−1​), zt≥−βt−(wt−wt−1)z_t \ge -\beta_t^{-}(w_t - w_{t-1})zt​≥−βt−​(wt​−wt−1​). The optimal value is

value⁡(U)=inf⁡feasible policies sup⁡d∈UT ∑t=1T[ctqt(dt−1)+yt(dt−1)+ut(dt−1)+zt]∈[−∞,+∞].\operatorname{value}(\mathcal U) = \inf_{\text{feasible policies}}\ \sup_{d \in \mathcal U^T}\ \sum_{t=1}^T \big[c_t q_t(d^{t-1}) + y_t(d^{t-1}) + u_t(d^{t-1}) + z_t\big] \in [-\infty, +\infty].value(U)=feasible policiesinf​ d∈UTsup​ t=1∑T​[ct​qt​(dt−1)+yt​(dt−1)+ut​(dt−1)+zt​]∈[−∞,+∞].

Box uncertainty (9)–(10). Ut=[dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡]\mathcal U_t = [d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}]Ut​=[dtmin​,dtmax​] with dtmin⁡<dtmax⁡d_t^{\min} < d_t^{\max}dtmin​<dtmax​; its extreme points are {dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡}\{d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}\}{dtmin​,dtmax​}.

Convex polyhedral functions. A function f:Rm→R∪{+∞}f : \mathbb R^m \to \mathbb R \cup \{+\infty\}f:Rm→R∪{+∞} is a c.p.f. if its domain {f<∞}\{f < \infty\}{f<∞} is the solution set of finitely many linear inequalities and fff is convex and lower semicontinuous on it. Lemma 2 concerns the generic problem (P[F0,…,FT])(P[F_0, \dots, F_T])(P[F0​,…,FT​]): minimize, over decision rules St(dt−1)∈RmtS_t(d^{t-1}) \in \mathbb R^{m_t}St​(dt−1)∈Rmt​, the worst case over d∈F0×⋯×FTd \in F_0 \times \dots \times F_Td∈F0​×⋯×FT​ of ∑t=1T+1ft(St(dt−1))\sum_{t=1}^{T+1} f_t(S_t(d^{t-1}))∑t=1T+1​ft​(St​(dt−1)), subject to A1S1≥b1A_1 S_1 \ge b_1A1​S1​≥b1​, At+1St+1≥Bt+1dt+Ct+1St+bt+1A_{t+1} S_{t+1} \ge B_{t+1} d_t + C_{t+1} S_t + b_{t+1}At+1​St+1​≥Bt+1​dt​+Ct+1​St​+bt+1​ and ∥St∥∞≤R\|S_t\|_\infty \le R∥St​∥∞​≤R.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 269)

value⁡(∏t=1T[dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡])=value⁡(∏t=1T{dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡}).\operatorname{value}\Big(\prod_{t=1}^T [d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}]\Big) = \operatorname{value}\Big(\prod_{t=1}^T \{d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}\}\Big).value(t=1∏T​[dtmin​,dtmax​])=value(t=1∏T​{dtmin​,dtmax​}).

The data are arbitrary reals (bounds in [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞]) and the values are compared in the extended reals, so the statement covers infeasible and unbounded instances.

Milestones

  1. The extreme points of a segment [a,b][a,b][a,b], a<ba<ba<b, are aaa and bbb.
  2. (38): for a c.p.f. val⁡\operatorname{val}val and a polytope DDD, sup⁡d∈Dval⁡(Bd+Cs+b)=sup⁡d∈ext⁡Dval⁡(Bd+Cs+b)\sup_{d \in D} \operatorname{val}(Bd + Cs + b) = \sup_{d \in \operatorname{ext} D} \operatorname{val}(Bd + Cs + b)supd∈D​val(Bd+Cs+b)=supd∈extD​val(Bd+Cs+b).
  3. val⁡(b)=min⁡{f(s):As≥b,∥s∥∞≤R}\operatorname{val}(b) = \min\{f(s) : As \ge b, \|s\|_\infty \le R\}val(b)=min{f(s):As≥b,∥s∥∞​≤R} is a c.p.f. when fff is.
  4. A c.p.f. composed with an affine map is a c.p.f.
  5. Item (a): φ(sT)=max⁡dT∈DTΦT(sT,dT)\varphi(s_T) = \max_{d_T \in D_T} \Phi_T(s_T, d_T)φ(sT​)=maxdT​∈DT​​ΦT​(sT​,dT​) and fT+φf_T + \varphifT​+φ are c.p.f.s.
  6. The Bellman reduction opt⁡(P[F0,…,FT])=opt⁡(P+[F0,…,FT−1])\operatorname{opt}(P[F_0, \dots, F_T]) = \operatorname{opt}(P_+[F_0, \dots, F_{T-1}])opt(P[F0​,…,FT​])=opt(P+​[F0​,…,FT−1​]).
  7. (39): replacing the last polytope by its extreme points leaves the optimal value unchanged.
  8. Lemma 2: opt⁡(P[D0,…,DT])=opt⁡(P[ext⁡D0,…,ext⁡DT])\operatorname{opt}(P[D_0, \dots, D_T]) = \operatorname{opt}(P[\operatorname{ext} D_0, \dots, \operatorname{ext} D_T])opt(P[D0​,…,DT​])=opt(P[extD0​,…,extDT​]) for convex polytopes DτD_\tauDτ​, D0D_0D0​ a singleton, and c.p.f. costs.
  9. For every RRR, the RSFC problem with every decision bounded by RRR has the same value on the box and on its corners.
  10. The RRR-box step, in corrected form: value⁡(box)≤value⁡R(box)\operatorname{value}(\text{box}) \le \operatorname{value}_R(\text{box})value(box)≤valueR​(box) for all RRR, value⁡(corners)≤value⁡(box)\operatorname{value}(\text{corners}) \le \operatorname{value}(\text{box})value(corners)≤value(box), and value⁡(corners)=inf⁡Rvalue⁡R(corners)\operatorname{value}(\text{corners}) = \inf_R \operatorname{value}_R(\text{corners})value(corners)=infR​valueR​(corners).

Significance

Proposition 1 turns a semi-infinite multistage problem into a finite one: with box uncertainty, the min-max RSFC problem is equivalent to a linear program over the scenario tree of the 2T2^T2T corner trajectories, problem PextP_{\text{ext}}Pext​ of §2.3. The paper uses this exact value as a benchmark for its affinely adjustable approximation in the simulation study. Lemma 2 is the transferable statement: in any multistage worst-case problem whose stage costs are convex polyhedral and whose dynamics are linear with a uniform box on the decisions, the adversary may be restricted to the vertices of each period's uncertainty polytope.

The result is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a reusable notion of convex polyhedral function in the extended reals, closure properties of that class (partial minimization over a polyhedral box, affine substitution, finite maxima, sums), and a formal worst-case Bellman equation for nonanticipative policies. The corrected form of the RRR-box step also records precisely when the paper's informal "for RRR large enough" argument is valid.

Difficulty

The natural argument, "a convex function attains its maximum over a polytope at a vertex", applies to one stage only. In a multistage problem the cost of the last stage depends on the earlier decisions, which depend on earlier demands, so the worst case is not a convex function of the whole trajectory. The proof must therefore pass through a dynamic programming recursion, and the class of stage costs must be closed under the recursion: the optimal last-stage value as a function of the previous decision must again be convex polyhedral. That closure (the value of a parametric problem with a convex polyhedral objective and a box constraint) is where the work is: the domain is a projection of a polyhedron, and attainment and lower semicontinuity have to be shown with infinite values allowed.

A second difficulty is bookkeeping. The RSFC problem must be rewritten as an instance of Lemma 2 with the right stage vectors so that nonanticipativity of yty_tyt​ in dt−1d^{t-1}dt−1 is preserved, and the bounded problem must be related back to the unbounded one, which can have value −∞-\infty−∞.

Formalization scope

Periods of the RSFC model are Fin T, 0-based. Policies are functions of the whole demand trajectory with nonanticipativity imposed on trajectories of the uncertainty set; a policy that sees future demand is not admissible, which rules out the clairvoyant reading under which the statement changes. Optimal values are EReal infima of suprema: +∞+\infty+∞ for infeasible problems and possibly −∞-\infty−∞, never a real sInf that would turn both into 000. The c.p.f. definition requires the domain to be exactly a finite system of linear inequalities, so it cannot be satisfied vacuously.

The standing assumptions of §2.2, s<cTs < c_Ts<cT​ and (1) hT−s≥−pTh_T - s \ge -p_ThT​−s≥−pT​, are not imposed, and no sign is assumed on any cost or penalty: Proposition 1 holds without them, so the formal statement is a generalization. The norm ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is Mathlib's default norm on Fin m → ℝ. Lemma 2's families are indexed by N\mathbb NN with the paper's indices; B t, C t stand for Bt+1B_{t+1}Bt+1​, Ct+1C_{t+1}Ct+1​. Two printed slips are corrected in the statements: (38) keeps the + bT+1+\,b_{T+1}+bT+1​ that the page drops, and the RRR-box step is stated in the corrected sandwich form because the literal claim fails when the value is −∞-\infty−∞.

Useful infrastructure: convex polyhedral functions in EReal, Fourier–Motzkin projection of polyhedra, maximum principle for convex functions on polytopes, extreme points of convex hulls of finite sets. Contributions to any milestone, and to general lemmas on these topics, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, B. Golany, A. Nemirovski, J.-P. Vial, Retailer-Supplier Flexible Commitments Contracts: A Robust Optimization Approach, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 7(3):248–271, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1050.0081
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Mathematical Programming 99(2):351–376, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30:257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 3: The Infimal Convolution of π¹, π², π³ Bounds the Worst Case over the Intersected Families and Improves on EachResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage and multistage stochastic programs ask for decisions that react to uncertainty revealed over time. When the distribution of the uncertainty is known only partially, one optimizes against the worst distribution in a family F\mathbb FF consistent with what is known: a support set, a range for the mean, a covariance matrix, bounds on how fast the tails decay. Goh and Sim (Oper. Res. 58(4), 2010) show that once linear and deflected linear decision rules are imposed, the recourse costs of such models reduce to worst-case expectations of positive parts,

sup⁡P∈FEP((r0+r′ζ~)+),\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathbb F}E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big),P∈Fsup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+),

of affine functions of a random vector ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​. These quantities are generally intractable, so the paper bounds them by optimization problems that are. Each kind of partial information gives its own bound, and in practice a modeller usually has several kinds at once. Theorem 4 of the paper, the target here, combines the separate bounds into a single one that uses all of the information.

Timeline: Scarf (1958) gave, for a newsvendor problem, the worst-case expected positive part of a scalar with known mean and variance. Chen, Sim and Sun (Oper. Res. 55(6), 2007) introduced the forward and backward deviations used here to describe tails of independent components. Chen and Sim (Oper. Res. 57(2), 2009) introduced the combination of bounds by infimal convolution that Theorem 4 restates in the present setting. Goh and Sim (2010) assemble the three kinds of information into one model and use the combined bound for their bideflected linear decision rules.

Setting

A distribution P\mathbb PP is a probability measure on RNE\mathbb R^{N_E}RNE​, the law of the uncertain vector ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​; its mean is ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta=E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​). Fix data: sets V,V^⊆RNE\mathcal V,\hat{\mathcal V}\subseteq\mathbb R^{N_E}V,V^⊆RNE​, matrices F∈RN×NEF\in\mathbb R^{N\times N_E}F∈RN×NE​, Σ∈RN×N\Sigma\in\mathbb R^{N\times N}Σ∈RN×N, Fσ∈RNσ×NEF_\sigma\in\mathbb R^{N_\sigma\times N_E}Fσ​∈RNσ​×NE​, a vector gσ∈RNσg_\sigma\in\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}gσ​∈RNσ​, a set W^σ⊆RNσ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma\subseteq\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}W^σ​⊆RNσ​ and vectors σf,σb≥0\sigma_f,\sigma_b\ge0σf​,σb​≥0 in RNσ\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}RNσ​. Three families encode three kinds of information:

  1. Mean and support: F1={P:ζ^∈V^, P(ζ~∈V)=1}\mathbb F_1=\{\mathbb P:\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V},\ \mathbb P(\tilde\zeta\in\mathcal V)=1\}F1​={P:ζ^​∈V^, P(ζ~​∈V)=1}.
  2. Mean and covariance: F2={P:ζ^∈V^, EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)=Σ}\mathbb F_2=\{\mathbb P:\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V},\ E_{\mathbb P}(F(\tilde\zeta-\hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta-\hat\zeta)'F')=\Sigma\}F2​={P:ζ^​∈V^, EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′)=Σ}.
  3. Mean and directional deviations: F3\mathbb F_3F3​ is the set of P\mathbb PP with ζ^∈V^\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}ζ^​∈V^ such that z~σ=Fσζ~+gσ\tilde z_\sigma=F_\sigma\tilde\zeta+g_\sigmaz~σ​=Fσ​ζ~​+gσ​ has independent components whose forward and backward deviations
σfP(z~σ,j)=sup⁡θ>02θ2ln⁡EPeθ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j),σbP(z~σ,j)=sup⁡θ>02θ2ln⁡EPe−θ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j)\sigma_{f\mathbb P}(\tilde z_{\sigma,j})=\sup_{\theta>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E_{\mathbb P}e^{\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}},\qquad \sigma_{b\mathbb P}(\tilde z_{\sigma,j})=\sup_{\theta>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E_{\mathbb P}e^{-\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}}σfP​(z~σ,j​)=θ>0sup​θ22​lnEP​eθ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)​,σbP​(z~σ,j​)=θ>0sup​θ22​lnEP​e−θ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)​

are at most σf,j\sigma_{f,j}σf,j​ and σb,j\sigma_{b,j}σb,j​.

The bounds are the optimal values π1,π2,π3\pi^1,\pi^2,\pi^3π1,π2,π3 of (21), (22) and (24) of the paper. For instance

π1(r0,r)=inf⁡s(sup⁡ζ^∈V^s′ζ^+sup⁡ζ∈Vmax⁡{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ,−s′ζ}),\pi^1(r^0,r)=\inf_{s}\Big(\sup_{\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}}s'\hat\zeta+\sup_{\zeta\in\mathcal V}\max\{r^0+r'\zeta-s'\zeta,-s'\zeta\}\Big),π1(r0,r)=sinf​(ζ^​∈V^sup​s′ζ^​+ζ∈Vsup​max{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ,−s′ζ}),

π2\pi^2π2 is an infimum over yyy with F′y=rF'y=rF′y=r of a supremum over V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ of a Scarf-type expression, and π3\pi^3π3 is an infimum over (s0,s,x0,x)(s^0,s,x^0,x)(s0,s,x0,x) with x0+x′gσ=r0x^0+x'g_\sigma=r^0x0+x′gσ​=r0, Fσ′x=rF_\sigma'x=rFσ′​x=r that involves the function

ψ(x0,x)=inf⁡λ>0λeexp⁡(1λsup⁡z^σ∈W^σ{x0+x′z^σ}+∥u∥222λ2),uj=max⁡{xjσf,j,−xjσb,j}.\psi(x^0,x)=\inf_{\lambda>0}\frac{\lambda}{e}\exp\Big(\frac1\lambda\sup_{\hat z_\sigma\in\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma}\{x^0+x'\hat z_\sigma\}+\frac{\|u\|_2^2}{2\lambda^2}\Big),\qquad u_j=\max\{x_j\sigma_{f,j},-x_j\sigma_{b,j}\}.ψ(x0,x)=λ>0inf​eλ​exp(λ1​z^σ​∈W^σ​sup​{x0+x′z^σ​}+2λ2∥u∥22​​),uj​=max{xj​σf,j​,−xj​σb,j​}.

For S⊆{1,2,3}S\subseteq\{1,2,3\}S⊆{1,2,3} the unified bound is the infimal convolution

π(r0,r)=min⁡{∑s∈Sπs(r0,s,rs): r0=∑s∈Sr0,s, r=∑s∈Srs}.(25)\pi(r^0,r)=\min\Big\{\sum_{s\in S}\pi^s(r^{0,s},r^s):\ r^0=\sum_{s\in S}r^{0,s},\ r=\sum_{s\in S}r^s\Big\}.\qquad(25)π(r0,r)=min{s∈S∑​πs(r0,s,rs): r0=s∈S∑​r0,s, r=s∈S∑​rs}.(25)

All values lie in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞], with the paper's convention that an infeasible minimization has value +∞+\infty+∞ and an infeasible maximization −∞-\infty−∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 911)

With F=⋂s∈SFs\mathbb F=\bigcap_{s\in S}\mathbb F_sF=⋂s∈S​Fs​,

sup⁡P∈FEP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)∀s∈S.(26)\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathbb F}E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)\le\pi(r^0,r)\le\pi^s(r^0,r)\qquad\forall s\in S.\qquad(26)P∈Fsup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)∀s∈S.(26)

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1, upper-bound part: sup⁡F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π1(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_1}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^1(r^0,r)supF1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π1(r0,r).
  2. Theorem 2, upper-bound part: sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π2(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_2}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^2(r^0,r)supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π2(r0,r).
  3. Theorem 3: sup⁡F3EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π3(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_3}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^3(r^0,r)supF3​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π3(r0,r).
  4. The right inequality of (26): π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)\pi(r^0,r)\le\pi^s(r^0,r)π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r) for every s∈Ss\in Ss∈S.

The tightness halves of Theorems 1 and 2 are the subject of the two companion missions of this series; Theorem 4 does not use them.

Significance

The unified bound turns heterogeneous partial information into one tractable upper bound. When a modeller knows a support set, a covariance and tail information for some independent factors, π\piπ is valid for the intersected family and is never worse than the best of the separate bounds; it is the bound the paper's deflected and bideflected linear decision rules (§6, (31) onward) use for every recourse term. Theorem 4 is thus the guarantee behind the paper's main approximation scheme, and the same infimal-convolution device applies to any collection of valid bounds on a common convex objective.

The theorems are proved in the paper's electronic companion. To the knowledge of this mission none of them has a machine-checked proof: the Lean library has neither a Scarf-type bound nor a bound on expected positive parts from deviation measures. Formalizing Theorem 3 in particular produces reusable facts about moment generating functions of independent sums under deviation bounds.

Difficulty

The left inequality of (26) looks like bookkeeping, but it rests on three separate bounds, each with its own argument: a weak-duality argument for π1\pi^1π1, a Scarf-type mean–variance inequality for π2\pi^2π2, and an exponential-moment argument for π3\pi^3π3 that needs independence of the components of z~σ\tilde z_\sigmaz~σ​ to factor a moment generating function and the deviation bounds to control each factor. Each piece must be carried out with all values in the extended reals: suprema can be +∞+\infty+∞, families can be empty, and a term equal to −∞-\infty−∞ in a sum can absorb a +∞+\infty+∞. The right inequality depends on how each πs\pi^sπs behaves at the zero objective, which for π3\pi^3π3 is an infimum over λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 that is not attained. The naive idea of proving (26) by attainment of the minimum in (25) does not work: the minimum need not be attained, and the statement must hold for every feasible split.

Formalization scope

A distribution is a Measure on Fin N_E → ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure; ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​ is the identity map. The mean is the published MomentDRO.Conf.meanVec. F1\mathbb F_1F1​ and F3\mathbb F_3F3​ require integrable coordinates and F2\mathbb F_2F2​ finite second moments, so that means and covariances exist. P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta\in\mathcal V)=1P(ζ~​∈V)=1 is an almost-everywhere statement. In F3\mathbb F_3F3​, independence is iIndepFun of the coordinates of z~σ\tilde z_\sigmaz~σ​; every exponential moment Eeθz~σ,jE e^{\theta\tilde z_{\sigma,j}}Eeθz~σ,j​ is required finite; and the deviation bounds are the published predicates FwdDevLe, BwdDevLe applied to the law of each coordinate, which state 2θ2ln⁡Eeθ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j)≤σf,j2\frac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E e^{\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}\le\sigma_{f,j}^2θ22​lnEeθ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)≤σf,j2​ for all θ>0\theta>0θ>0, equivalent to the square-root form above for σf,j≥0\sigma_{f,j}\ge0σf,j​≥0.

Worst cases and bounds take values in EReal; the printed "min" of (25) and "inf" of (21), (22), (24) are read as infima, without attainment. In ψ\psiψ the supremum over W^σ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaW^σ​ is taken outside the increasing exponential, which gives the same value whenever W^σ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaW^σ​ is nonempty. The index set SSS is a nonempty Finset (Fin 3) with index 0,1,20,1,20,1,2 for the paper's 1,2,31,2,31,2,3, and vector indices are 0-based.

Two hypotheses come from the paper's model rather than its theorem statements: σf,σb≥0\sigma_f,\sigma_b\ge0σf​,σb​≥0 (deviations are square roots), and Fσζ^+gσ∈W^σF_\sigma\hat\zeta+g_\sigma\in\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaFσ​ζ^​+gσ​∈W^σ​ for every ζ^∈V^\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}ζ^​∈V^, which follows from W^σ=HσW^\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma=H_\sigma\hat{\mathcal W}W^σ​=Hσ​W^, V^={ζ^:Fζ^+g∈W^}\hat{\mathcal V}=\{\hat\zeta:F\hat\zeta+g\in\hat{\mathcal W}\}V^={ζ^​:Fζ^​+g∈W^}, Fσ=HσFF_\sigma=H_\sigma FFσ​=Hσ​F and gσ=Hσgg_\sigma=H_\sigma ggσ​=Hσ​g (pp. 905, 908, 910).

The bounds are defined by (21), (22), (24) and (25) verbatim; a formalization that defines π\piπ through the worst case itself, sets some πs\pi^sπs to +∞+\infty+∞, drops the exponential integrability from F3\mathbb F_3F3​, or uses real-valued suprema (which return 000 on unbounded sets) would trivialize or falsify the statement and is ruled out.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three upper bounds, a Scarf inequality EX+≤12(EX+(EX)2+Var⁡X)E X^+\le\frac12(EX+\sqrt{(EX)^2+\operatorname{Var}X})EX+≤21​(EX+(EX)2+VarX​) as a reusable lemma, and the EReal lemmas about infimal convolutions of extended-real functions.

Selected references

  • J. Goh, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun, A Robust Optimization Perspective on Stochastic Programming, Operations Research 55(6):1058–1071, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
  • W. Chen, M. Sim, Goal-Driven Optimization, Operations Research 57(2):342–357, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0570
  • H. Scarf, A Min-Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, K. Arrow, ed., Stanford University Press, 1958, 201–209.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 11 of 23Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me